1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. 1992.
|
|
|
|
|
Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
See the end for copying conditions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
For older news, see the file NEWS.4.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Editing Changes in Emacs 19.30.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Be sure to recompile your byte-compiled Emacs Lisp files
|
|
|
|
|
if you last compiled them with Emacs 19.28 or earlier.
|
|
|
|
|
You can use M-x byte-force-recompile to recompile all the .elc files
|
|
|
|
|
in a specified directory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now provides multiple-frame support on Windows NT
|
|
|
|
|
and Windows 95.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x column-number-mode toggles a minor mode which displays
|
|
|
|
|
the current column number in the mode line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Line Number mode is now enabled by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x what-line now displays the line number in the accessible
|
|
|
|
|
portion of the buffer as well as the line number in the full buffer,
|
|
|
|
|
when narrowing is in effect.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you type a M-x command that has an equivalent key binding,
|
|
|
|
|
the equivalent is shown in the minibuffer before the command executes.
|
|
|
|
|
This feature is enabled by default for the sake of beginning users.
|
|
|
|
|
You can turn the feature off by setting suggest-key-bindings to nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The menu bar is now visible on text-only terminals. To choose a
|
|
|
|
|
command from the menu bar when you have no mouse, type M-`
|
|
|
|
|
(Meta-Backquote) or F10. To turn off menu bar display,
|
|
|
|
|
do (menu-bar-mode -1).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Whenever you invoke a minibuffer, it appears in the minibuffer
|
|
|
|
|
window that the current frame uses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs can only use one minibuffer window at a time. If you activate
|
|
|
|
|
the minibuffer while a minibuffer window is active in some other
|
|
|
|
|
frame, the outer minibuffer window disappears while the inner one is
|
|
|
|
|
active.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Echo area messages always appear in the minibuffer window that the
|
|
|
|
|
current frame uses. If a minibuffer is active in some other frame,
|
|
|
|
|
the echo area message does not hide it even temporarily.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The minibuffer now has a menu-bar menu. You can use it to exit or
|
|
|
|
|
abort the minibuffer, or to ask for completion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Dead-key and composite character processing is done in the standard
|
|
|
|
|
X11R6 manner (through the default "input method" using the
|
|
|
|
|
/usr/lib/X11/locale/*/Compose databases of key combinations). I.e. if
|
|
|
|
|
it works in xterm, it should also work in emacs now.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Mouse changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can now use the mouse when running Emacs in an xterm.
|
|
|
|
|
Use M-x xterm-mouse-mode to let emacs take control over the mouse.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** C-mouse-1 now once again provides a menu of buffers to select.
|
|
|
|
|
S-mouse-1 is now the way to select a default font for the frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is a new mouse-scroll-min-lines variable to control the
|
|
|
|
|
minimum number of lines scrolled by dragging the mouse outside a
|
|
|
|
|
window's edge.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Dragging mouse-1 on a vertical line that separates windows
|
|
|
|
|
now moves the line, thus changing the widths of the two windows.
|
|
|
|
|
(This feature is available only if you don't have vertical scroll bars.
|
|
|
|
|
If you do use them, a scroll bar separates two side-by-side windows.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Double-click mouse-1 on a character with "symbol" syntax (such as
|
|
|
|
|
underscore, in C mode) selects the entire symbol surrounding that
|
|
|
|
|
character. (Double-click mouse-1 on a letter selects a whole word.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When incremental search wraps around to the beginning (or end) of
|
|
|
|
|
the buffer, if you keep on searching until you go past the original
|
|
|
|
|
starting point of the search, the echo area changes from "Wrapped" to
|
|
|
|
|
"Overwrapped". That tells you that you are revisiting matches that
|
|
|
|
|
you have already seen.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Filling changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** If the variable colon-double-space is non-nil, the explicit fill
|
|
|
|
|
commands put two spaces after a colon.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Auto-Fill mode now supports Adaptive Fill mode just as the
|
|
|
|
|
explicit fill commands do. The variable adaptive-fill-regexp
|
|
|
|
|
specifies a regular expression to match text at the beginning of
|
|
|
|
|
a line that should be the fill prefix.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Adaptive Fill mode can take a fill prefix from the first line of a
|
|
|
|
|
paragraph, *provided* that line is not a paragraph-starter line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paragraph-starter lines are indented lines that start a new
|
|
|
|
|
paragraph because they are indented. This indentation shouldn't
|
|
|
|
|
be copied to additional lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Whether indented lines are paragraph lines depends on the value of the
|
|
|
|
|
variable paragraph-start. Some major modes set this; you can set it
|
|
|
|
|
by hand or in mode hooks as well. For editing text in which paragraph
|
|
|
|
|
first lines are not indented, and which contains paragraphs in which
|
|
|
|
|
all lines are indented, you should use Indented Text mode or arrange
|
|
|
|
|
for paragraph-start not to match these lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can specify more complex ways of choosing a fill prefix
|
|
|
|
|
automatically by setting `adaptive-fill-function'. This function
|
|
|
|
|
is called with point after the left margin of a line, and it should
|
|
|
|
|
return the appropriate fill prefix based on that line.
|
|
|
|
|
If it returns nil, that means it sees no fill prefix in that line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Gnus changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gnus, the Emacs news reader, has been rewritten and expanded. Most
|
|
|
|
|
things that worked with the old version should still work with the new
|
|
|
|
|
version. Code that relies heavily on Gnus internals is likely to
|
|
|
|
|
fail, though.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Incompatibilities with the old GNUS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** All interactive commands have kept their names, but many internal
|
|
|
|
|
functions have changed names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The summary mode gnus-uu commands have been moved from the `C-c
|
|
|
|
|
C-v' keymap to the `X' keymap.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** There can now be several summary buffers active at once.
|
|
|
|
|
Variables that are relevant to each summary buffer are buffer-local to
|
|
|
|
|
that buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Old hilit code doesn't work at all. Gnus performs its own
|
|
|
|
|
highlighting based not only on what's visible in the buffer, but on
|
|
|
|
|
other data structures.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Old packages like `expire-kill' will no longer work.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `C-c C-l' in the group buffer no longer switches to a different
|
|
|
|
|
buffer, but instead lists killed groups in the group buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New features.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The look of all buffers can be changed by setting format-like
|
|
|
|
|
variables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Local spool and several NNTP servers can be used at once.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Groups can be combined into virtual groups.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Different mail formats can be read much the same way as one would
|
|
|
|
|
read newsgroups. All the mail backends implement mail expiry schemes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Gnus can use various strategies for gathering threads that have
|
|
|
|
|
lost their roots (thereby gathering loose sub-threads into one thread)
|
|
|
|
|
or it can go back and retrieve enough headers to build a complete
|
|
|
|
|
thread.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Killed groups can be read.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Gnus can do partial group updates - you do not have to retrieve
|
|
|
|
|
the entire active file just to check for new articles in a few groups.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Gnus implements a sliding scale of subscribedness to groups.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** You can score articles according to any number of criteria. You
|
|
|
|
|
can get Gnus to score articles for you using adaptive scoring.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Gnus maintains a dribble buffer that is auto-saved the normal
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs manner, so it should be difficult to lose much data on what you
|
|
|
|
|
have read if your machine should go down.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Gnus now has its own startup file (`.gnus.el') to avoid
|
|
|
|
|
cluttering up the `.emacs' file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** You can set the process mark on both groups and articles and
|
|
|
|
|
perform operations on all the marked items.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** You can grep through a subset of groups and create a group from
|
|
|
|
|
the results.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** You can list subsets of groups using matches on group names or
|
|
|
|
|
group descriptions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** You can browse foreign servers and subscribe to groups from those
|
|
|
|
|
servers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Gnus can pre-fetch articles asynchronously on a second connection
|
|
|
|
|
to the servers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** You can cache articles locally.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Gnus can fetch FAQs to and descriptions of groups.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Digests (and other files) can be used as the basis for groups.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Articles can be highlighted and customized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes to Version Control (VC)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** General changes (all backends).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VC directory listings (C-x v d) are now kept up to date when you do a
|
|
|
|
|
vc-next-action (C-x v v) on the marked files. The `g' command updates
|
|
|
|
|
the buffer properly. `=' in a VC dired buffer produces a version
|
|
|
|
|
control diff, not an ordinary diff.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** CVS changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under CVS, you no longer need to type C-x C-q before you can edit a
|
|
|
|
|
file. VC doesn't write-protect unmodified buffers anymore; you can
|
|
|
|
|
freely change them at any time. The mode line keeps track of the
|
|
|
|
|
file status.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you do want unmodified files to be write-protected, set your
|
|
|
|
|
CVSREAD environment variable. VC sees this and behaves accordingly;
|
|
|
|
|
that will give you the behaviour of Emacs 19.29, similar to that under
|
|
|
|
|
RCS and SCCS. In this mode, if the variable vc-mistrust-permissions
|
|
|
|
|
is nil, VC learns the modification state from the file permissions.
|
|
|
|
|
When setting CVSREAD for the first time, you should check out the
|
|
|
|
|
whole module anew, so that the file permissions are set correctly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VC also works with remote repositories now. When you visit a file, it
|
|
|
|
|
doesn't run "cvs status" anymore, so there shouldn't be any long delays.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directory listings under VC/CVS have been enhanced. Type C-x v d, and
|
|
|
|
|
you get a list of all files in or below the current directory that are
|
|
|
|
|
not up-to-date. The actual status (modified, merge, conflict, ...) is
|
|
|
|
|
displayed for each file. If you give a prefix argument (C-u C-x v d),
|
|
|
|
|
up-to-date files are also listed. You can mark any number of files,
|
|
|
|
|
and execute the next logical version control command on them (C-x v v).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Starting a new branch.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you try to lock a version that is not the latest on its branch,
|
|
|
|
|
VC asks for confirmation in the minibuffer. If you say no, it offers
|
|
|
|
|
to lock the latest version instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** RCS non-strict locking.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VC can now handle RCS non-strict locking, too. In this mode, working
|
|
|
|
|
files are always writable and you needn't lock the file before making
|
|
|
|
|
changes, similar to the default mode under CVS. To enable non-strict
|
|
|
|
|
locking for a file, use the "rcs -U" command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Sharing RCS master files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you share RCS subdirs with other users (through symbolic links),
|
|
|
|
|
and you always want to work on the latest version, set
|
|
|
|
|
vc-consult-headers to nil and vc-mistrust-permissions to `t'.
|
|
|
|
|
Then you see the state of the *latest* version on the mode line, not
|
|
|
|
|
that of your working file. When you do a check out, VC overwrites
|
|
|
|
|
your working file with the latest version from the master.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** RCS customization.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There is a new variable vc-consult-headers. If it is t (the default),
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
VC searches for RCS headers in working files (like `$Id: ONEWS,v 1.1 1999/10/03 11:59:45 fx Exp $') and
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
determines the state of the file from them, not from the master file.
|
|
|
|
|
This is fast and more reliable when you use branches. (The variable
|
|
|
|
|
was already present in Emacs 19.29, but didn't get mentioned in the
|
|
|
|
|
NEWS.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Calendar changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New calendars supported: Chinese, Coptic, Ethiopic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here are the commands for converting to and from these calendars:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gC: calendar-goto-chinese-date
|
|
|
|
|
gk: calendar-goto-coptic-date
|
|
|
|
|
ge: calendar-goto-ethiopic-date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pC: calendar-print-chinese-date
|
|
|
|
|
pk: calendar-print-coptic-date
|
|
|
|
|
pe: calendar-print-ethiopic-date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Printed calendars
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Calendar mode now has commands to produce fancy printed calendars via
|
|
|
|
|
LaTeX. You can ask for a calendar for one or more days, weeks, months
|
|
|
|
|
or years. The commands all start with `t'; see the manual for a list
|
|
|
|
|
of them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New sexp diary entry type
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reminders that apply in the days leading up to an event.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The CC-mode package now provides the default C and C++ modes.
|
|
|
|
|
See the manual for documentation of its features.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The uniquify package chooses buffer names differently when you
|
|
|
|
|
visit multiple files with the same name (in different directories).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** RMAIL now always uses the movemail program when it renames an
|
|
|
|
|
inbox file, so that it can interlock properly with the mailer
|
|
|
|
|
no matter where it is delivering mail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** tex-start-of-header and tex-end-of-header are now regular expressions,
|
|
|
|
|
not strings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** To enable automatic uncompression of compressed files,
|
|
|
|
|
type M-x auto-compression-mode. (This command used to be called
|
|
|
|
|
toggle-auto-compression, but was not documented before.) In Lisp,
|
|
|
|
|
you can do
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(auto-compression-mode 1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to turn the mode on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new pc-select package emulates the key bindings for cutting and
|
|
|
|
|
pasting, and selection of regions, found in Windows, Motif, and the
|
|
|
|
|
Macintosh.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Help buffers now use a special major mode, Help mode. This mode
|
|
|
|
|
normally turns on View mode; it also provides a hook, help-mode-hook,
|
|
|
|
|
which you can use for other customization.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Apropos now uses faces for enhanced legibility. It now describes
|
|
|
|
|
symbol properties as well as their function definitions and variable
|
|
|
|
|
values. You can use Mouse-2 or RET to get more information about a
|
|
|
|
|
function definition, variable, or property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Font Lock mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Supports Scheme, TCL and Help modes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, to automatically turn on Font Lock mode in the *Help*
|
|
|
|
|
buffer, put:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(add-hook 'help-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in your ~/.emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Enhanced fontification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The structure of font-lock-keywords is extended to allow "anchored" keywords.
|
|
|
|
|
Typically, a keyword item of font-lock-keywords comprises a regexp to search
|
|
|
|
|
for and information to specify how the regexp should be highlighted. However,
|
|
|
|
|
the highlighting information is extended so that it can be another keyword
|
|
|
|
|
item. This keyword item, its regexp and highlighting information, is processed
|
|
|
|
|
before resuming with the keyword item of which it is part.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, a typical keyword item might be:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
("\\<anchor\\>" (0 anchor-face))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
which fontifies each occurrence of the discrete word "anchor" in the value of
|
|
|
|
|
the variable anchor-face. However, the highlighting information can be used to
|
|
|
|
|
fontify text that is anchored to the word "anchor". For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
("\\<anchor\\>" (0 anchor-face) ("\\=[ ,]*\\(item\\)" nil nil (1 item-face)))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
which fontifies each occurrence of "anchor" as above, but for each occurrence
|
|
|
|
|
of "anchor", each occurrence of "item", in any following comma separated list,
|
|
|
|
|
is fontified in the value of the variable item-face. Thus the "item" text is
|
|
|
|
|
anchored to the "anchor" text. See the variable documentation for further
|
|
|
|
|
information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This feature is used to extend the level and quality of fontification in a
|
|
|
|
|
number of modes. For example, C/C++ modes now have level 3 decoration that
|
|
|
|
|
includes the fontification of variable and function names in declaration lists.
|
|
|
|
|
In this instance, the "anchor" described in the above example is a type or
|
|
|
|
|
class name, and an "item" is a variable or function name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Fontification levels
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variables font-lock-maximum-decoration and font-lock-maximum-size are
|
|
|
|
|
extended to specify levels and sizes for specific modes. The variable
|
|
|
|
|
font-lock-maximum-decoration specifies the preferred level of fontification for
|
|
|
|
|
modes that provide multiple levels (typically from "subdued" to "gaudy"). The
|
|
|
|
|
variable font-lock-maximum-size specifies the buffer size for which buffer
|
|
|
|
|
fontification is suppressed when Font Lock mode is turned on (typically because
|
|
|
|
|
it would take too long).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These variables can now specify values for individual modes, by supplying
|
|
|
|
|
lists of mode names and values. For example, to use the above mentioned level
|
|
|
|
|
3 decoration for buffers in C/C++ modes, and default decoration otherwise, put:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq font-lock-maximum-decoration '((c-mode . 3) (c++-mode . 3)))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in your ~/.emacs. Maximum buffer size values for individual modes are
|
|
|
|
|
specified in the same way with the variable font-lock-maximum-size.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Font Lock configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The mechanism to provide default settings for Font Lock mode are the variables
|
|
|
|
|
font-lock-defaults and font-lock-maximum-decoration. Typically, you should
|
|
|
|
|
only need to change the value of font-lock-maximum-decoration. However, to
|
|
|
|
|
support Font Lock mode for buffers in modes that currently do not support Font
|
|
|
|
|
Lock mode, you should set a buffer local value of font-lock-defaults for that
|
|
|
|
|
mode, typically via its mode hook.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These variables are used by Font Lock mode to set the values of the variables
|
|
|
|
|
font-lock-keywords, font-lock-keywords-only, font-lock-syntax-table,
|
|
|
|
|
font-lock-beginning-of-syntax-function and font-lock-keywords-case-fold-search.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You need not set these variables directly, and should not set them yourself
|
|
|
|
|
since the underlining mechanism may change in future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Archive mode is now the default mode for various sorts of
|
|
|
|
|
archive files (files whose names end with .arc, .lzh, .zip, and .zoo).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can automatically update the years in copyright notice by
|
|
|
|
|
means of (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'copyright-update).
|
|
|
|
|
Optionally it can update the GPL version as well.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Scripts of various languages (Shell, AWK, Perl, makefiles ...) can
|
|
|
|
|
be automatically provided with a magic number and be made executable
|
|
|
|
|
by their respective modes under control of various user variables.
|
|
|
|
|
The mode must call (executable-set-magic "perl") or
|
|
|
|
|
(executable-set-magic "make" "-f"). The latter for example has no
|
|
|
|
|
effect on [Mm]akefile.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Shell script mode now supports over 15 different shells. The new
|
|
|
|
|
command C-c ! executes the region, and optionally beginning of script
|
|
|
|
|
as well, by passing them to the shell.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cases such as `sh' being a `bash' are now accounted for.
|
|
|
|
|
Fontification now also does variables, the magic number and all
|
|
|
|
|
builtin commands. Shell script mode no longer mingles `tab-width' and
|
|
|
|
|
indentation style. The variable `sh-tab-width' has been renamed to
|
|
|
|
|
`sh-indentation'. Empty lines are now indented like previous
|
|
|
|
|
non-empty line, rather than just previous line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The annoying $ variable prompting has been eliminated. Instead, shell
|
|
|
|
|
script mode uses `comint-dynamic-completion' for commands, variables
|
|
|
|
|
and filenames.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Two-column mode now automatically scrolls both buffers together,
|
|
|
|
|
which makes it possible to eliminate the special scrolling commands
|
|
|
|
|
that used to do so.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The commands that operate in two-column mode are no longer bound to
|
|
|
|
|
keys outside that mode. f2 o will now position at the same point in
|
|
|
|
|
associated buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the new command f2 RET inserts a newline in both buffers, at point and
|
|
|
|
|
at the corresponding position in the associated buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Skeleton commands now work smoothly as abbrev definitions. The
|
|
|
|
|
element < no longer exists, ' is a new element.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The autoinsert insert facility for prefilling empty files as soon
|
|
|
|
|
as they are found has been extended to accommodate skeletons or calling
|
|
|
|
|
functions. See the function auto-insert.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** TPU-edt Changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loading tpu-edt no longer turns on tpu-edt mode. In fact, it is no
|
|
|
|
|
longer necessary to explicitly load tpu-edt. All you need to do to
|
|
|
|
|
turn on tpu-edt is run the tpu-edt function. Here's how to run
|
|
|
|
|
tpu-edt instead of loading the file:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Running Emacs: Type emacs -f tpu-edt
|
|
|
|
|
not emacs -l tpu-edt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Within Emacs: Type M-x tpu-edt <ret>
|
|
|
|
|
not M-x load-library <ret> tpu-edt <ret>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In .emacs: Use (tpu-edt)
|
|
|
|
|
not (load "tpu-edt")
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default name of the tpu-edt X key definition file has changed from
|
|
|
|
|
~/.tpu-gnu-keys to ~/.tpu-keys. If you don't rename the file yourself,
|
|
|
|
|
tpu-edt will offer to rename it the first time you invoke it under
|
|
|
|
|
x-windows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** MS-DOS Enhancements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Better mouse control by adding the following functions [in dosfns.c]
|
|
|
|
|
msdos-mouse-enable, msdos-mouse-disable, msdos-mouse-init.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** If another foreground/background color than the default is setup in
|
|
|
|
|
your ~/_emacs, then the screen briefly flickers with the default
|
|
|
|
|
colors before changing to the colors you have specified. To avoid
|
|
|
|
|
this, the EMACSCOLORS environment variable exists. It shall be
|
|
|
|
|
defined as a string with the following elements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
set EMACSCOLORS=fb;fb
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The first set of "fb" defines the initial foreground and background
|
|
|
|
|
colors using standard dos color numbers (0=black,.., 7=white).
|
|
|
|
|
If specified, the second set of "fb" defines the colors which are
|
|
|
|
|
restored when you leave emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new SUSPEND environment variable can now be set as the shell to
|
|
|
|
|
use when suspending emacs. This can be used to override the stupid
|
|
|
|
|
limitation on the environment of sub-shells in MS-DOS (they are just
|
|
|
|
|
large enough to hold the currently defined variables, not leaving
|
|
|
|
|
room for more); to overcome this limitation, add this to autoexec.bat:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
set SUSPEND=%COMSPEC% /E:2000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The escape character can now be displayed on X frames. Try
|
|
|
|
|
this:
|
|
|
|
|
(aset standard-display-table 27 (vector 27))
|
|
|
|
|
after first creating a display table (you can do that by loading
|
|
|
|
|
the disp-table library).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new command-line option --eval specifies an expression to evaluate
|
|
|
|
|
from the command line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** etags has now the ability to tag Perl files. They are recognised
|
|
|
|
|
either by the .pm and .pl suffixes or by a first line which starts
|
|
|
|
|
with `#!' and specifies a Perl interpreter. The tagged lines are
|
|
|
|
|
those beginning with the `sub' keyword.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New suffixes recognised are .hpp for C++; .f90 for Fortran; .bib,
|
|
|
|
|
.ltx, .TeX for TeX (.bbl, .dtx removed); .ml for Lisp; .prolog for
|
|
|
|
|
prolog (.pl is now Perl).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The files etc/termcap.dat and etc/termcap.ucb have been replaced
|
|
|
|
|
with a new, merged, and much more comprehensive termcap file. The
|
|
|
|
|
new file should include all the special entries from the old one.
|
|
|
|
|
This new file is under active development as part of the ncurses
|
|
|
|
|
project. If you have any questions about this file, or problems with
|
|
|
|
|
an entry in it, email terminfo@ccil.org.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Lisp changes in Emacs 19.30.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New Data Types
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is a new data type called a char-table which is an array
|
|
|
|
|
indexed by a character. Currently this is mostly equivalent to a
|
|
|
|
|
vector of length 256, but in the future, when a wider character set is
|
|
|
|
|
in use, it will be different. To create one, call
|
|
|
|
|
(make-char-table SUBTYPE INITIAL-VALUE)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUBTYPE is a symbol that identifies the specific use of this
|
|
|
|
|
character table. It can be any of these values:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
syntax-table
|
|
|
|
|
display-table
|
|
|
|
|
keyboard-translate-table
|
|
|
|
|
case-table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function `char-table-subtype' returns the subtype of a char-table.
|
|
|
|
|
You cannot alter the subtype of an existing char-table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A char-table has an element for each character code. It also has some
|
|
|
|
|
"extra slots". The number of extra slots depends on the subtype and
|
|
|
|
|
their use depends on the subtype. (Each subtype symbol has a
|
|
|
|
|
`char-table-extra-slots' property that says how many extra slots to
|
|
|
|
|
make.) Use (char-table-extra-slot TABLE N) to access extra slot N and
|
|
|
|
|
(set-char-table-extra-slot TABLE N VALUE) to store VALUE in slot N.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A char-table T can have a parent, which should be another char-table
|
|
|
|
|
P. If you look for the value in T for character C, and the table T
|
|
|
|
|
actually holds nil, P's element for character C is used instead.
|
|
|
|
|
The functions `char-table-parent' and `set-char-table-parent'
|
|
|
|
|
let you read or set the parent of a char-table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To scan all the values in a char-table, do not try to loop through all
|
|
|
|
|
possible character codes. That would work for now, but will not work
|
|
|
|
|
in the future. Instead, call map-char-table. (map-char-table
|
|
|
|
|
FUNCTION TABLE) calls FUNCTION once for each character or character
|
|
|
|
|
set that has a distinct value in TABLE. FUNCTION gets two arguments,
|
|
|
|
|
RANGE and VALUE. RANGE specifies a range of TABLE that has one
|
|
|
|
|
uniform value, and VALUE is the value in TABLE for that range.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currently, RANGE is always a vector containing a single character
|
|
|
|
|
and it refers to that character alone. In the future, other kinds
|
|
|
|
|
of ranges will occur. You can set the value for a given range
|
|
|
|
|
with (set-char-table-range TABLE RANGE VALUE) and examine the value
|
|
|
|
|
for a range with (char-table-range TABLE RANGE).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Syntax tables are now represented as char-tables.
|
|
|
|
|
All syntax tables other than the standard syntax table
|
|
|
|
|
normally have the standard syntax table as their parent.
|
|
|
|
|
Their subtype is `syntax-table'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Display tables are now represented as char-tables.
|
|
|
|
|
Their subtype is `display-table'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Case tables are now represented as char-tables.
|
|
|
|
|
Their subtype is `case-table'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The value of keyboard-translate-table may now be a char-table
|
|
|
|
|
instead of a string. Normally the char-tables used for this purpose
|
|
|
|
|
have the subtype `keyboard-translate-table', but that is not required.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new data type called a bool-vector is a vector of values
|
|
|
|
|
that are either t or nil. To create one, do
|
|
|
|
|
(make-bool-vector LENGTH INITIAL-VALUE)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now specify, for each marker, how it should relocate when
|
|
|
|
|
text is inserted at the place where the marker points. This is called
|
|
|
|
|
the "insertion type" of the marker.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To set the insertion type, do (set-marker-insertion-type MARKER TYPE).
|
|
|
|
|
If TYPE is t, it means the marker advances when text is inserted. If
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE is nil, it means the marker does not advance. (In Emacs 19.29,
|
|
|
|
|
markers did not advance.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function marker-insertion-type reports the insertion type of a
|
|
|
|
|
given marker. The function copy-marker takes a second argument TYPE
|
|
|
|
|
which specifies the insertion type of the new copied marker.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When you create an overlay, you can specify the insertion type of
|
|
|
|
|
the beginning and of the end. To do this, you can use two new
|
|
|
|
|
arguments to make-overlay: front-advance and rear-advance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function overlays-in returns a list of the overlays that
|
|
|
|
|
overlap a specified range of the buffer. The returned list includes
|
|
|
|
|
empty overlays at the beginning of this range, as well as within the
|
|
|
|
|
range.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new hook window-scroll-functions is run when a window has been
|
|
|
|
|
scrolled. The functions in this list are called just before
|
|
|
|
|
redisplay, after the new window-start has been computed. Each function
|
|
|
|
|
is called with two arguments--the window that has been scrolled, and its
|
|
|
|
|
new window-start position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This hook is useful for on-the-fly fontification and other features
|
|
|
|
|
that affect how the redisplayed text will look when it is displayed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The window-end value of the window is not valid when these functions
|
|
|
|
|
are called. The computation of window-end is byproduct of actual
|
|
|
|
|
redisplay of the window contents, which means it has not yet happened
|
|
|
|
|
when the hook is run. Computing window-end specially in advance for
|
|
|
|
|
the sake of these functions would cause a slowdown.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The hook functions can determine where the text on the window will end
|
|
|
|
|
by calling vertical-motion starting with the window-start position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new hook redisplay-end-trigger-functions is run whenever
|
|
|
|
|
redisplay in window uses text that extends past a specified end
|
|
|
|
|
trigger position. You set the end trigger position with the function
|
|
|
|
|
set-window-redisplay-end-trigger. The functions are called with two
|
|
|
|
|
arguments: the window, and the end trigger position. Storing nil for
|
|
|
|
|
the end trigger position turns off the feature, and the trigger value
|
|
|
|
|
is automatically reset to nil just after the hook is run.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can use the function window-redisplay-end-trigger to read a
|
|
|
|
|
window's current end trigger value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function insert-file-contents-literally inserts the
|
|
|
|
|
contents of a file without any character set translation or decoding.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function safe-length computes the length of a list.
|
|
|
|
|
It never gets an error--it treats any non-list like nil.
|
|
|
|
|
If given a circular list, it returns an upper bound for the number
|
|
|
|
|
of elements before the circularity.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** replace-match now takes a fifth argument, SUBEXP. If SUBEXP is
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil, that says to replace just subexpression number SUBEXP of the
|
|
|
|
|
regexp that was matched, not the entire match. For example, after
|
|
|
|
|
matching `foo \(ba*r\)' calling replace-match with 1 as SUBEXP means
|
|
|
|
|
to replace just the text that matched `\(ba*r\)'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new keymap special-event-map defines bindings for certain
|
|
|
|
|
events that should be handled at a very low level--as soon as they
|
|
|
|
|
are read. The read-event function processes these events itself,
|
|
|
|
|
and never returns them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Events that are handled in this way do not echo, they are never
|
|
|
|
|
grouped into key sequences, and they never appear in the value of
|
|
|
|
|
last-command-event or (this-command-keys). They do not discard a
|
|
|
|
|
numeric argument, they cannot be unread with unread-command-events,
|
|
|
|
|
they may not appear in a keyboard macro, and they are not recorded
|
|
|
|
|
in a keyboard macro while you are defining one.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These events do, however, appear in last-input-event immediately after
|
|
|
|
|
they are read, and this is the way for the event's definition to find
|
|
|
|
|
the actual event.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The events types iconify-frame, make-frame-visible and delete-frame
|
|
|
|
|
are normally handled in this way.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** encode-time now supports simple date arithmetic by means of
|
|
|
|
|
out-of-range values for its SEC, MINUTE, HOUR, DAY, and MONTH
|
|
|
|
|
arguments; for example, day 0 means the day preceding the given month.
|
|
|
|
|
Also, the ZONE argument can now be a TZ-style string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** command-execute and call-interactively now accept an optional third
|
|
|
|
|
argument KEYS. If specified and non-nil, this specifies the key
|
|
|
|
|
sequence containing the events that were used to invoke the command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The environment variable NAME, if set, now specifies the value of
|
|
|
|
|
(user-full-name), when Emacs starts up.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* User Editing Changes in Emacs 19.29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you run out of memory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you get the error message "Virtual memory exhausted", type C-x s.
|
|
|
|
|
That way of saving files has the least additional memory needs. Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
19.29 keeps a reserve of memory which it makes available when this
|
|
|
|
|
error happens; that is to ensure that C-x s can complete its work.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Once you have saved your data, you can exit and restart Emacs, or use
|
|
|
|
|
M-x kill-some-buffers to free up space. If you kill buffers
|
|
|
|
|
containing a substantial amount of text, you can go on editing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Do not use M-x buffer-menu to save or kill buffers when you are out of
|
|
|
|
|
memory, because that needs a fair amount memory itself and you may not
|
|
|
|
|
have enough to get it started.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The format of compiled files has changed incompatibly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Byte-compiled files made with Emacs 19.29 normally use a new format
|
|
|
|
|
that will not work in older Emacs versions. You can compile files
|
|
|
|
|
in the old format if you wish; see "Changes in compilation," below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs 19.29 supports the DEC Alpha.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs runs on Windows NT.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This port does not yet support windowing features. It works like a
|
|
|
|
|
text-only terminal, but it does support a mouse.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In general, support for non-GNU-like operating systems is not a high
|
|
|
|
|
priority for the GNU project. We merged in the support for Windows NT
|
|
|
|
|
because that system is expected to be very widely used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs supports Motif widgets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can build Emacs with Motif widgets by specifying --with-x-toolkit=motif
|
|
|
|
|
when you run configure.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Motif defines collections of windows called "tab groups", and uses the
|
|
|
|
|
tab key and the cursor keys to move between windows in a tab group.
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs naturally does not support this--it has other uses for the tab
|
|
|
|
|
key and cursor keys. Emacs does not support Motif accelerators either,
|
|
|
|
|
because it uses its normal keymap event binding features.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We give higher priority to operation with a free widget set than to
|
|
|
|
|
operation with a proprietary one.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If Emacs or the computer crashes, you can recover all the files you
|
|
|
|
|
were editing from their auto save files by typing M-x recover-session.
|
|
|
|
|
This first shows you a list of recorded interrupted sessions. Move
|
|
|
|
|
point to the one you choose, and type C-c C-c.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Then recover-session asks about each of the files that were being
|
|
|
|
|
edited during that session, asking whether to recover that file. If
|
|
|
|
|
you answer y, it calls recover-file, which works in its normal
|
|
|
|
|
fashion. It shows the dates of the original file and its auto-save
|
|
|
|
|
file and asks once again whether to recover that file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When recover-session is done, the files you've chosen to recover
|
|
|
|
|
are present in Emacs buffers. You should then save them.
|
|
|
|
|
Only this--saving them--updates the files themselves.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Menu bar menus now stay up if you click on the menu bar item and
|
|
|
|
|
release the mouse button within a certain amount of time. This is in
|
|
|
|
|
the X Toolkit version.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The menu bar menus have been rearranged and split up to make for a
|
|
|
|
|
better organization. Two new menu bar menus, Tools and Search,
|
|
|
|
|
contain items that were formerly in the Files and Edit menus, as well
|
|
|
|
|
as some that did not exist in the menu bar menus before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs can now display on more than one X display at the same time.
|
|
|
|
|
Use the command make-frame-on-display to create a frame, specifying
|
|
|
|
|
which display to use.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x talk-connect sets up a multi-user talk connection
|
|
|
|
|
via Emacs. Specify the X display of the person you want to talk to.
|
|
|
|
|
You can talk to any number of people (within reason) by using
|
|
|
|
|
this command repeatedly to specify different people.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs does not make a fuss about security; the people who you talk to
|
|
|
|
|
can use all Emacs features, including visiting and editing files. If
|
|
|
|
|
this frightens you, don't use M-x talk-connect.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The range of integer values is now at least 2**28 on all machines.
|
|
|
|
|
This means the maximum size of a buffer is at least 2**27-1,
|
|
|
|
|
or 134,217,727.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When you start Emacs, you can now specify option names in
|
|
|
|
|
long GNU form (starting with `--') and you can abbreviate the names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can now specify the options in any order.
|
|
|
|
|
The previous requirements about the order of options
|
|
|
|
|
have been eliminated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The -L or --directory option lets you specify an additional
|
|
|
|
|
directory to search for Lisp libraries (including libraries
|
|
|
|
|
that you specify with the -l or --load options).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Incremental search in Transient Mark mode, if the mark is already
|
|
|
|
|
active, now leaves the mark active and does not change its position.
|
|
|
|
|
You can make incremental search deactivate the mark once again with
|
|
|
|
|
this expression.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'deactivate-mark)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-delete now deletes a word backwards. This is for compatibility
|
|
|
|
|
with some editors in the PC world. (This key is not available on
|
|
|
|
|
ordinary ASCII terminals, because C-delete is not a distinct character
|
|
|
|
|
on those terminals.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** ESC ESC ESC is now a command to escape from various temporary modes
|
|
|
|
|
and states.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x pc-bindings-mode sets up bindings compatible with many PC editors.
|
|
|
|
|
In particular, Delete and its variants delete forward instead of backward.
|
|
|
|
|
Use Backspace to delete backward.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
|
|
|
|
|
M-Backspace does undo.
|
|
|
|
|
Home and End move to beginning and end of line
|
|
|
|
|
C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The key sequence for evaluating a Lisp expression using the minibuffer
|
|
|
|
|
is now ESC :. It used to be ESC ESC, but we moved it to make way for
|
|
|
|
|
the ESC ESC ESC feature, on the grounds that people who evaluate Lisp
|
|
|
|
|
expressions are experienced users and can cope with a change.
|
|
|
|
|
If you prefer the old ESC ESC binding, put in your `~/.emacs':
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(global-set-key "\e\e" 'eval-expression)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The f1 function key is now equivalent to the help key. This is
|
|
|
|
|
done with key-translation-map; delete the binding for f1 in that map
|
|
|
|
|
if you want to use f1 for something else.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Mouse-3, in the simplest case, still sets the region. But now, it
|
|
|
|
|
places the mark where point was, and sets point where you click.
|
|
|
|
|
(It used to set the mark where you click and leave point alone.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you position point with Mouse-1, then scroll with the scroll bar
|
|
|
|
|
and use Mouse-3, Mouse-3 uses the position you specified with Mouse-1
|
|
|
|
|
even if it has scrolled off the screen (and point is no longer there).
|
|
|
|
|
This makes it easier to select a region with the mouse which is bigger
|
|
|
|
|
than a screenful.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Any editing of the buffer, and any cursor motion or scrolling for any
|
|
|
|
|
reason other than the scroll bar, cancels the special state set up by
|
|
|
|
|
Mouse-1--so that a subsequent Mouse-3 click will use the actual value
|
|
|
|
|
of point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-mouse-3 now pops up a mode-specific menu of commands--normally
|
|
|
|
|
the same ones available in the mode's own menu bar menus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-mouse-2 now pops up a menu of faces, indentation, justification,
|
|
|
|
|
and certain other text properties. This menu is also available
|
|
|
|
|
through the menu-bar Edit menu. It is meant for use with Enriched
|
|
|
|
|
mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can use this menu to change the face of the region.
|
|
|
|
|
You can also set the face of the region with the new M-g command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The menu also includes commands for indenting the region,
|
|
|
|
|
which locally changes the values of left-margin and fill-column that
|
|
|
|
|
are used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** All fill functions now indent every line to the left-margin. If
|
|
|
|
|
there is also a fill-prefix, that goes after the margin indentation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Open-line and newline also make sure that the lines they create
|
|
|
|
|
are indented to the left margin.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** It also allows you to set the "justification" of the region:
|
|
|
|
|
whether it should be centered, flush right, and so forth. The fill
|
|
|
|
|
functions (including auto-fill-mode) will maintain the justification
|
|
|
|
|
and indentation that you request.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function `list-colors-display' shows you what colors are
|
|
|
|
|
available. This is also accessible from the C-mouse-2 menu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now save and load files including their faces and other
|
|
|
|
|
text-properties by using Enriched-mode. Files are saved in an
|
|
|
|
|
extended version of the MIME text/enriched format. You can use the
|
|
|
|
|
menus described above, or M-g and other keyboard commands, to
|
|
|
|
|
alter the formatting information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-mouse-1 now pops up the menu for changing the frame's default font.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can input Hyper, Super, Meta, and Alt characters, as well as
|
|
|
|
|
non-ASCII control characters, on an ASCII-only terminal.
|
|
|
|
|
To do this, use
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-x @ h -- hyper
|
|
|
|
|
C-x @ s -- super
|
|
|
|
|
C-x @ m -- meta
|
|
|
|
|
C-x @ a -- alt
|
|
|
|
|
C-x @ S -- shift
|
|
|
|
|
C-x @ c -- control
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These are not ordinary key sequences; they operate through
|
|
|
|
|
function-key-map, which means they can be used even in the
|
|
|
|
|
middle of an ordinary key sequence.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Outline minor mode and Hideif mode now use C-c @ as their prefix
|
|
|
|
|
character.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Echo area messages are now logged in the "*Messages*" buffer. The
|
|
|
|
|
size of this buffer is limited to message-log-max lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** RET in various special modes for read-only buffers that contain
|
|
|
|
|
lists of items now selects the item point is on. These modes include
|
|
|
|
|
Dired, Compilation buffers, Buffer-menu, Tar mode, and Occur mode.
|
|
|
|
|
(In Info, RET follows the reference near point; in completion list
|
|
|
|
|
buffers, RET chooses the completion around point.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** set-background-color now updates the modeline face in a special
|
|
|
|
|
way. If that face was previously set up to be reverse video, the
|
|
|
|
|
reverse of the default face, then set-background-color updates it so
|
|
|
|
|
that it remains the reverse of the default face.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The functions raise-frame and lower-frame are now commands.
|
|
|
|
|
When used interactively, they apply to the selected frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x buffer-menu now displays the buffer list in the selected window.
|
|
|
|
|
Use M-x buffer-menu-other-window to display it in another window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-w followed by a kill command now *does not* append the text in
|
|
|
|
|
the kill ring. In consequence, M-w followed by C-w works as you would
|
|
|
|
|
expect: it leaves the top of the kill ring matching the region that
|
|
|
|
|
you killed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Lisp mode, the C-M-x command now executes defvar forms in a
|
|
|
|
|
special way: it unconditionally sets the variable to the specified
|
|
|
|
|
default value, if there is one. Normal execution of defvar does not
|
|
|
|
|
alter the variable if it already has a non-void value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In completion list buffers, the left and right arrow keys run the
|
|
|
|
|
new commands previous-completion and next-completion. They move one
|
|
|
|
|
completion at a time.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** While doing completion in the minibuffer, the `prior' or `pageup'
|
|
|
|
|
key switches to the completion list window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When you exit the minibuffer with empty contents, the empty string
|
|
|
|
|
is not put in the minibuffer history.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The default buffer for insert-buffer is now the "first" buffer
|
|
|
|
|
other than the current one. If you have more than one window, this
|
|
|
|
|
is a buffer visible in another window. (Usually it is the buffer
|
|
|
|
|
that C-M-v would scroll.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The etags program is now capable of recording tags based on regular
|
|
|
|
|
expressions provided on the command line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This new feature allows easy support for constructs not normally
|
|
|
|
|
handled by etags, such as the macros frequently used in big C/C++
|
|
|
|
|
projects to define project-specific structures. It also enables the
|
|
|
|
|
use of etags and TAGS files for languages not supported by etags.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Emacs manual section on Tags contains explanations and examples
|
|
|
|
|
for Emacs's DEFVAR, VHDL, Cobol, Postscript and TCL.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Various mode-specific commands that used to be bound to C-c LETTER
|
|
|
|
|
have been moved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In gnus-uu mode, gnus-uu-interactive-scan-directory is now on C-c C-d,
|
|
|
|
|
and gnus-uu-interactive-save-current-file is on C-c C-z.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In Scribe mode, scribe-insert-environment is now on C-c C-v,
|
|
|
|
|
scribe-chapter is on C-c C-c, scribe-subsection is on C-c C-s,
|
|
|
|
|
scribe-section is on C-c C-t, scribe-bracket-region-be is on C-c C-e,
|
|
|
|
|
scribe-italicize-word is on C-c C-i, scribe-bold-word is on C-c C-b,
|
|
|
|
|
and scribe-underline-word is on C-c C-u.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In Gomoku mode, gomoku-human-takes-back is now on C-c C-b,
|
|
|
|
|
gomoku-human-plays is on C-c C-p, gomoku-human-resigns is on C-c C-r,
|
|
|
|
|
and gomoku-emacs-plays is on C-c C-e.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In the Outline mode defined in allout.el,
|
|
|
|
|
outline-rebullet-current-heading is now on C-c *.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-s in Info now searches through the nodes of the Info file,
|
|
|
|
|
just like s. The alias M-s was added so that you can use the same
|
|
|
|
|
command for searches in both Info and Rmail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** iso-acc.el now lets you enter inverted-! and inverted-?
|
|
|
|
|
with the sequences ~! and ~?.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x compare-windows now pushes mark in both windows before
|
|
|
|
|
it starts moving point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There are two new commands in Dired, A (dired-do-search)
|
|
|
|
|
and Q (dired-do-query-replace). These are similar to tags-search and
|
|
|
|
|
tags-query-replace, but instead of searching the list of files that
|
|
|
|
|
appears in a tags table, they search all the files marked in Dired.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes to dabbrev.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A new function, `dabbrev-completion' (bound to M-C-/), expands the
|
|
|
|
|
unique part of an abbreviation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dabbrev now looks for expansions in other buffers, looks for symbols
|
|
|
|
|
instead of words and it works in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dabbrev can be customized to work for shell scripts, with variables
|
|
|
|
|
that sometimes have and sometimes haven't a leading "$". See the
|
|
|
|
|
variable 'dabbrev-abbrev-skip-leading-regexp'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Rmail, the command rmail-input-menu has been eliminated. The
|
|
|
|
|
feature of selecting an Rmail file from a menu is now implemented in
|
|
|
|
|
another way.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Bookmarks changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** It now works to set bookmarks in Info nodes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Bookmarks can have annotations; type "C-h m" after doing
|
|
|
|
|
"M-x list-bookmarks", for more information on annotations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The bookmark-jump popup menu function is now `bookmark-menu-jump', for
|
|
|
|
|
those who bind it to a mouse click.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The default bookmarks file name is now "~/.emacs.bmk". If you
|
|
|
|
|
already have a bookmarks file, it will be renamed automagically when
|
|
|
|
|
you next load it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New package, ps-print.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ps-print package generates PostScript printouts of buffers or
|
|
|
|
|
regions, and includes face attributes such as color, underlining,
|
|
|
|
|
boldface and italics in the printed output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New package, msb.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The msb package provides a buffer-menu in the menubar with separate
|
|
|
|
|
menus for different types of buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** `cpp.el' is a new library that can highlight or hide parts of a C
|
|
|
|
|
file according to C preprocessor conditionals. To try it, run the
|
|
|
|
|
command M-x cpp-highlight-buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in CC mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** c-set-offset and related functions and variables can now accept
|
|
|
|
|
variable symbols. Also ++ and -- which mean 2* positive and negative
|
|
|
|
|
c-basic-offset respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New variable, c-recognize-knr-p, which controls whether K&R C
|
|
|
|
|
constructs will be recognized. Trying to recognize K&R constructs is a
|
|
|
|
|
time hog so if you're programming strictly in ANSI C, set this
|
|
|
|
|
variable to nil (it should already be nil in c++-mode).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New variable, c-hanging-comment-ender-p for controlling
|
|
|
|
|
c-fill-paragraph's behavior.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New syntactic symbol: statement-case-open. This is assigned to lines
|
|
|
|
|
containing an open brace just after a case/default label.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New variable, c-progress-interval, which controls minibuffer update
|
|
|
|
|
message displays during long re-indention. This is a new feature
|
|
|
|
|
which prints percentage complete messages at specified intervals.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Makefile mode changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The electric keys are not enabled by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is now a mode-specific menu bar menu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The mode supports font-lock, add-log, and imenu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command M-TAB does completion of target names and variable names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** icomplete.el now works more like a minor mode. Use M-x icomplete-mode
|
|
|
|
|
to turn it on and off.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Icomplete now supports an `icomplete-minibuffer-setup-hook', which is
|
|
|
|
|
run on minibuffer setup whenever icompletion will be occurring. This
|
|
|
|
|
hook can be used to customize interoperation of icomplete with other
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer-specific packages, eg rsz-mini. See the doc string for
|
|
|
|
|
more info.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Ediff change.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use ediff-revision instead of vc-ediff. It also replaces rcs-ediff,
|
|
|
|
|
for those who use that; if you want to use a version control package
|
|
|
|
|
other than vc.el, you must set the variable
|
|
|
|
|
ediff-version-control-package to specify which package.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** VC now supports branches with RCS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can use C-u C-x C-q to select any branch or version by number.
|
|
|
|
|
It reads the version number or branch number with the minibuffer,
|
|
|
|
|
then checks out the file unlocked.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type C-x C-q again to lock the selected branch or version.
|
|
|
|
|
When you check in changes to that branch or version, there are two
|
|
|
|
|
possibilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-- If you've selected a branch, or a version at the tip of a branch,
|
|
|
|
|
then the new version adds to that branch. If you wish to create a
|
|
|
|
|
new branch, use C-u C-x C-q to specify a version number when you check
|
|
|
|
|
in the new version.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-- If you've selected an inner version which is not the latest in its
|
|
|
|
|
branch, then the new version automatically creates a new branch.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** VC now supports CVS as well as RCS and SCCS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Since there are no locks in CVS, some things behave slightly
|
|
|
|
|
different when the backend is CVS. When vc-next-action is invoked
|
|
|
|
|
in a directory handled by CVS, it does the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
|
|
control. This does a "cvs add", but no "cvs commit".
|
|
|
|
|
If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
|
|
|
|
|
If the file has not been changed, neither in your working area or
|
|
|
|
|
in the repository, a message is printed and nothing is done.
|
|
|
|
|
If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
|
|
|
|
|
unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when you
|
|
|
|
|
finish the log message with C-c C-c, that checks in the resulting
|
|
|
|
|
changes along with the log message as change commentary. A writable
|
|
|
|
|
file remains in existence.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If vc-next-action changes the repository file, it asks you
|
|
|
|
|
whether to merge in the changes into your working copy.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
vc-directory, when started in a CVS file hierarchy, reports
|
|
|
|
|
all files that are modified (and thus need to be committed).
|
|
|
|
|
(When the backend is RCS or SCCS vc-directory reports all
|
|
|
|
|
locked files).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VC has no support for running the initial "cvs checkout" to get a
|
|
|
|
|
working copy of a module. You can only use VC in a working copy of
|
|
|
|
|
a module.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can disable the CVS support as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq vc-master-templates (delq 'vc-find-cvs-master vc-master-templates))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or by setting vc-handle-cvs to nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This may be desirable if you run a non-standard version of CVS, or
|
|
|
|
|
if CVS was compiled with FORCE_USE_EDITOR or (possibly)
|
|
|
|
|
RELATIVE_REPOS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Comint and shell mode changes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Completion works with file names containing quoted characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
File names containing special characters (such as " ", "!", etc.) that are
|
|
|
|
|
quoted with a "\" character are recognised during completion. Special
|
|
|
|
|
characters are quoted when they are inserted during completion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can use M-x comint-truncate-buffer to truncate the buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When this command is run, the buffer is truncated to a maximum number
|
|
|
|
|
of lines, specified by the variable comint-buffer-maximum-size. Just
|
|
|
|
|
like the command comint-strip-ctrl-m, this can be run automatically
|
|
|
|
|
during process output by doing this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(add-hook 'comint-output-filter-functions
|
|
|
|
|
'comint-truncate-buffer)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Telnet mode buffer name changed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The buffer name for a Telnet buffer is now *telnet-HOST*, not
|
|
|
|
|
*HOST-telnet*. This is for consistency with other Emacs packages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x man (man) is now faster and more robust. On systems where the
|
|
|
|
|
entire man page is indented, the indentation is removed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The user option names that used to end in -p now end in -flag. The
|
|
|
|
|
new names are: Man-reuse-okay-flag, Man-downcase-section-letters-flag,
|
|
|
|
|
Man-circular-pages-flag. The Man-notify user option has been renamed to
|
|
|
|
|
Man-notify-method and accepts one more value, `pushy', that just
|
|
|
|
|
switches the current buffer to the manpage buffer, without switching
|
|
|
|
|
frames nor changing your windows configuration.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A new user option Man-fontify-manpage-flag disables fontification
|
|
|
|
|
(thus speeding up man) when set to nil. Default is to fontify if a
|
|
|
|
|
window system is used. Two new user options Man-overstrike-face
|
|
|
|
|
(default 'bold) and Man-underline-face (default 'underline) can be set
|
|
|
|
|
to the preferred faces to be used for the words that man overstrikes
|
|
|
|
|
and underlines. Useful for those who like coloured man pages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Two new interactive functions are provided: Man-cleanup-manpage and
|
|
|
|
|
Man-fontify-manpage. Both can be used on a buffer that contains the
|
|
|
|
|
output of a `rsh host man manpage' command, or the output of an
|
|
|
|
|
`nroff -man -Tman manpage' command to make them readable.
|
|
|
|
|
Man-cleanup-manpage is faster, but does not fontify.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function modify-face makes it easy to specify
|
|
|
|
|
all the attributes of a face, all at once.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Faces now support background stippling.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use the command set-face-stipple to specify the stipple-pattern for a
|
|
|
|
|
face. Use face-stipple to access the specified stipple pattern. The
|
|
|
|
|
existing face functions now handle the stipple pattern when
|
|
|
|
|
appropriate.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you specify one of the standard gray colors as a face background
|
|
|
|
|
color, and your display doesn't handle gray, Emacs automatically uses
|
|
|
|
|
stipple instead to get the same effect.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in Font Lock mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Fontification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Two new default faces are provided; `font-lock-variable-name-face' and
|
|
|
|
|
`font-lock-reference-face'. The face `font-lock-doc-string-face' has
|
|
|
|
|
been removed since it is the same as the existing
|
|
|
|
|
`font-lock-string-face'. Where appropriate, fontification
|
|
|
|
|
automatically uses these new faces.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fontification via commands `font-lock-mode' and
|
|
|
|
|
`font-lock-fontify-buffer' is now cleanly interruptible (i.e., with
|
|
|
|
|
C-g). If you interrupt during the fontification process, the buffer
|
|
|
|
|
remains in its previous modified state and all highlighting is removed
|
|
|
|
|
from the buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For C/C++ modes, Font Lock mode is much faster but highlights much
|
|
|
|
|
more. Other modes are faster/more extensive/more discriminatory, or a
|
|
|
|
|
combination of these.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To enable Font Lock mode, add the new function `turn-on-font-lock' in
|
|
|
|
|
one of the following ways:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Or for any visited file with:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(add-hook 'find-file-hooks 'turn-on-font-lock)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Supports color and grayscale displays
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Font Lock mode supports different ways of highlighting, depending on
|
|
|
|
|
the type of display and background shade. Attributes (face color,
|
|
|
|
|
bold, italic and underline, and display type and background mode) can
|
|
|
|
|
be controlled either from Emacs Lisp or X resources.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the new variables `font-lock-display-type' and
|
|
|
|
|
`font-lock-face-attributes'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Supports more modes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following modes are directly supported:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ada-mode, asm-mode, bibtex-mode, c++-c-mode, c++-mode, c-mode,
|
|
|
|
|
change-log-mode, compilation-mode, dired-mode, emacs-lisp-mode,
|
|
|
|
|
fortran-mode, latex-mode, lisp-mode, mail-mode, makefile-mode,
|
|
|
|
|
outline-mode, pascal-mode, perl-mode, plain-tex-mode, rmail-mode,
|
|
|
|
|
rmail-summary-mode, scheme-mode, shell-mode, slitex-mode, tex-mode,
|
|
|
|
|
texinfo-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the new variables `font-lock-defaults-alist' and
|
|
|
|
|
`font-lock-defaults'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Some modes support different levels of fontification. You can choose
|
|
|
|
|
to use the minimum or maximum available decoration by changing the
|
|
|
|
|
value of the new variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programmers are urged to make available to the community their own
|
|
|
|
|
keywords for modes not yet supported. See font-lock.el for
|
|
|
|
|
information about efficiency.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** fast-lock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fast-lock package speeds up Font Lock mode by saving font choices
|
|
|
|
|
in associated cache files. When you visit a file with Font Lock mode
|
|
|
|
|
and Fast Lock mode turned on for the first time, the file's buffer is
|
|
|
|
|
fontified as normal. When certain events occur (such as exiting
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs), Fast Lock saves the highlighting in a cache file. When you
|
|
|
|
|
subsequently visit this file, its cache is used to restore the
|
|
|
|
|
highlighting.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To use this package, put in your `~/.emacs':
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(add-hook 'font-lock-mode-hook 'turn-on-fast-lock)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To control the use of caches, see the documentation for `fast-lock-mode'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can tell pop-to-buffer to display certain buffers in the selected
|
|
|
|
|
window rather than finding some other window to display them in.
|
|
|
|
|
There are two variables you can use to specify these buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
same-window-buffer-names holds a list of buffer names; if a buffer's
|
|
|
|
|
name appears in this list, pop-to-buffer puts it in the selected window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
same-window-regexps holds a list of regexps--if any one of them
|
|
|
|
|
matches a buffer's name, then pop-to-buffer puts that buffer in the
|
|
|
|
|
selected window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default values of these variables are not nil: they list various
|
|
|
|
|
buffers that normally appear, when you as for them, in the selected
|
|
|
|
|
window. These include shell buffers, mail buffers, telnet buffers,
|
|
|
|
|
and others. By removing elements from these variables, you can ask
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs to display those buffers in separate windows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The special-display-buffer-names and special-display-regexps lists
|
|
|
|
|
have been generalized. An element may now be a list. The car of the list
|
|
|
|
|
is the buffer name or regular expression for matching buffer names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The cdr of the list can be an alist specifying additional frame
|
|
|
|
|
parameters for use in constructing the special display frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alternatively, the cdr can have this form:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(FUNCTION ARGS...)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where FUNCTION is a symbol. Then the frame is constructed by calling
|
|
|
|
|
FUNCTION; its first argument is the buffer, and its remaining
|
|
|
|
|
arguments are ARGS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If the environment variable REPLYTO is set, its value is the default
|
|
|
|
|
for mail-default-reply-to.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When you send a message in Emacs, if you specify an Rmail file with
|
|
|
|
|
the FCC: header field, Emacs converts the message to Rmail format
|
|
|
|
|
before writing it. Thus, the file never contains anything but Rmail
|
|
|
|
|
format messages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable mail-from-style controls whether the From: header
|
|
|
|
|
should include the sender's full name, and if so, which format to use.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable mail-personal-alias-file specifies the name of the
|
|
|
|
|
user's personal aliases. This defaults to the file ~/.mailrc.
|
|
|
|
|
mailabbrev.el used to have its own variable for this purpose
|
|
|
|
|
(mail-abbrev-mailrc-file). That variable is no longer used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Buffer-Menu mode, the d and C-d commands (which mark buffers for
|
|
|
|
|
deletion) now accept a prefix argument which serves as a repeat count.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in BibTeX mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Reference keys can now be entered with TAB completion. All
|
|
|
|
|
reference keys defined in that buffer and all labels that appear in
|
|
|
|
|
crossreference entries are object to completion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Braces are supported as field delimiters in addition to quotes.
|
|
|
|
|
BibTeX entries may have brace-delimited and quote-delimited fields
|
|
|
|
|
intermixed. The delimiters generated for new entries are specified by
|
|
|
|
|
the variables bibtex-field-left-delimiter and
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-field-right-delimiter on a buffer-local basis. Those variables
|
|
|
|
|
default to braces, since it is easier to put quote accented characters
|
|
|
|
|
(as the german umlauts) into a brace-delimited entry.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function bibtex-clean-entry can now be invoked with a prefix
|
|
|
|
|
argument. In this case, a label is automatically generated from
|
|
|
|
|
various fields in the record. If bibtex-clean-entry is invoked on a
|
|
|
|
|
record without label, a label is also generated automatically.
|
|
|
|
|
Various variables (all beginning with `bibtex-autokey-') control the
|
|
|
|
|
creation of that key. The variable bibtex-autokey-edit-before-use
|
|
|
|
|
determines, if the user is allowed to edit auto-generated reference
|
|
|
|
|
keys before they are used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A New function bibtex-complete-string completes strings with
|
|
|
|
|
respect to the strings defined in this buffer and a set of predefined
|
|
|
|
|
strings (initialized to the string macros defined in the standard
|
|
|
|
|
BibTeX style files) in the same way in which ispell-complete-word
|
|
|
|
|
works with respect to words in a dictionary. Candidates for
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-complete-string are initialized from variable
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-predefined-strings and by parsing the files found in
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-string-files for @String definitions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Every reference/field pair has now attached a comment which
|
|
|
|
|
appears in the echo area when this field is edited. These comments
|
|
|
|
|
should provide useful hints for BibTeX usage, especially for BibTeX
|
|
|
|
|
beginners. New variable bibtex-help-message determines if these help
|
|
|
|
|
messages are to appear in the minibuffer when moving to a text entry.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Inscriptions of menu bar changed from "Entry Types" to
|
|
|
|
|
"Entry-Types" and "Bibtex Edit" to "BibTeX-Edit".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The variable bibtex-include-OPTcrossref is now not longer a binary
|
|
|
|
|
switch but a list of reference names which should contain a crossref
|
|
|
|
|
field. E.g., you can tell bibtex-mode you want a crossref field for
|
|
|
|
|
@InProceedings and @InBook entries but for no other.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function validate-bibtex-buffer was completely rewritten to
|
|
|
|
|
validate if a buffer is syntactically correct. find-bibtex-duplicates
|
|
|
|
|
is no longer a function itself but was moved into
|
|
|
|
|
validate-bibtex-buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Cleaning a BibTeX entry tests, if necessary fields are there.
|
|
|
|
|
E.g., if you tell bibtex-mode to include a crossref entry, some fields
|
|
|
|
|
are optional which would be required without the crossref entry. If
|
|
|
|
|
you now leave the crossref entry empty and do a bibtex-clean-entry
|
|
|
|
|
with some now required fields left empty, version 2.0 of bibtex.el
|
|
|
|
|
complains about the absence of these fields, whereas version 1.3
|
|
|
|
|
didn't.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Default value for variables bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries and
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries is now t.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** All interactive functions are renamed to begin with `bibtex-'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Keybindings with \C-c\C-e entry changed for unification. Often
|
|
|
|
|
used reference types are now on control-modified keys, mediocre used
|
|
|
|
|
types are on unmodified keys, seldom used types are on shift-modified
|
|
|
|
|
keys and almost never used types on meta-modified keys.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Configuration Changes in Emacs 19.29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now uses directory /usr/local/share for most of its installed
|
|
|
|
|
files. This follows a GNU convention for directory usage.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The option --with-x11 is no longer supported.
|
|
|
|
|
X11 is the only version of X that Emacs 19.29 supports;
|
|
|
|
|
use --with-x if you need to request X support explicitly.
|
|
|
|
|
(Normally this should not be necessary, since configure should
|
|
|
|
|
automatically enable X support if X is installed on your machine.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you use the site-init.el file to set the variable
|
|
|
|
|
mail-host-address to a string in the dumped Emacs, that string becomes
|
|
|
|
|
the default host address for initializing user-mail-address.
|
|
|
|
|
It is used instead of the value of (system-name).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Lisp-Level Changes in Emacs 19.29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Basic Lisp
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The range of integer values is now at least 2**28 on all machines.
|
|
|
|
|
This means the maximum size of a buffer is at least 2**27-1,
|
|
|
|
|
or 134,217,727.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can now use Common Lisp syntax for the backquote and comma
|
|
|
|
|
macros. Thus, you can now write `(x ,y z) instead of (` (x (, y) z)).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The old syntax is still accepted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function rassoc is like assoc, except that it compares the
|
|
|
|
|
key against the cdr of each alist element, where assoc would compare
|
|
|
|
|
it against the car of each alist element.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function unintern deletes a symbol from an obarray. The
|
|
|
|
|
first argument can be the symbol to delete, or a string giving its
|
|
|
|
|
name. The second argument specifies the obarray (nil means the
|
|
|
|
|
current default obarray).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the specified symbol is not in the obarray, or if there's no symbol
|
|
|
|
|
in the obarray matching the specified string, unintern does nothing
|
|
|
|
|
and returns nil. If it does delete a symbol, it returns t.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can specify an alternative read function for use by load and
|
|
|
|
|
eval-region by binding the variable load-read-function to some other
|
|
|
|
|
function. This function should accept one argument just like read.
|
|
|
|
|
If load-read-function is nil, load and eval-region use ordinary read.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function `type-of' takes any object as argument, and
|
|
|
|
|
returns a symbol identifying the type of that object--one of `symbol',
|
|
|
|
|
`integer', `float', `string', `cons', `vector', `marker', `overlay',
|
|
|
|
|
`window', `buffer', `subr', `compiled-function',
|
|
|
|
|
`window-configuration', `process'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** When you use eval-after-load for a file that is already loaded, it
|
|
|
|
|
executes the FORM right away. As before, if the file is not yet
|
|
|
|
|
loaded, it arranges to execute FORM if and when the file is loaded
|
|
|
|
|
later. The result is: if you have called eval-after-load for a file,
|
|
|
|
|
and if that file has been loaded, then regardless of the order of
|
|
|
|
|
these two events, the specified form has been evaluated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The Lisp construct #@NUMBER now skips the next NUMBER characters,
|
|
|
|
|
treating them as a comment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You would not want to use this in a file you edit by hand, but it is
|
|
|
|
|
useful for commenting out parts of machine-generated files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Two new functions, `plist-get' and `plist-put',
|
|
|
|
|
allow you to modify and retrieve values from lists formatted as property-lists.
|
|
|
|
|
They work like `get' and `put', but operate on any list.
|
|
|
|
|
`plist-put' returns the modified property-list; you must store it
|
|
|
|
|
back where you got it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function add-to-list is called with two elements,
|
|
|
|
|
a variable that holds a list and a new element.
|
|
|
|
|
It adds the element to the list unless it is already present.
|
|
|
|
|
It compares elements using `equal'. Here is an example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq foo '(a b)) => (a b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(add-to-list 'foo 'c) => (c a b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(add-to-list 'foo 'b) => (c a b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
foo => (c a b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in compilation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Functions and variables loaded from a byte-compiled file
|
|
|
|
|
now refer to the file for their doc strings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This has a few consequences:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-- Loading the file is faster and uses less memory.
|
|
|
|
|
-- Reference to doc strings is a little slower (the same speed
|
|
|
|
|
as reference to the doc strings of primitive and preloaded functions).
|
|
|
|
|
-- The compiled files will not work in old versions of Emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
-- If you move the compiled file after loading it, Emacs can no longer
|
|
|
|
|
find these doc strings.
|
|
|
|
|
-- If you alter the compiled file (such as by compiling a new
|
|
|
|
|
version), then further access to documentation strings will get
|
|
|
|
|
nonsense results.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The byte compiler now optionally supports lazy loading of compiled
|
|
|
|
|
functions' definitions. If you enable this feature when you compile,
|
|
|
|
|
loading the compiled file does not actually bring the function
|
|
|
|
|
definitions into core. Instead it creates references to the compiled
|
|
|
|
|
file, and brings each function's definition into core the first time
|
|
|
|
|
you call that function, or when you force it with the new function
|
|
|
|
|
`fetch-bytecode'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Using the lazy loading feature has a few consequences:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-- Loading the file is faster and uses less memory.
|
|
|
|
|
-- Calling any function in the file for the first time is slower.
|
|
|
|
|
-- If you move the compiled file after loading it, Emacs can no longer
|
|
|
|
|
find the function definitions.
|
|
|
|
|
-- If you alter the compiled file (such as by compiling a new
|
|
|
|
|
version), then further access to functions not already loaded
|
|
|
|
|
will get nonsense results.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To enable the lazy loading feature, set up a non-nil file local
|
|
|
|
|
variable binding for the variable `byte-compile-dynamic' in the Lisp
|
|
|
|
|
source file. For example, put this on the first line:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-*-byte-compile-dynamic: t;-*-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It's a good idea to use the lazy loading feature for a file that
|
|
|
|
|
contains many functions, most of which are not actually used by a
|
|
|
|
|
given user in a given session.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To turn off the basic feature of referring to the file for doc
|
|
|
|
|
strings, set byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings to nil. You can do this
|
|
|
|
|
globally, or for one source file by adding this to the first line:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-*-byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings: nil;-*-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Strings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Do not pass integer arguments to `concat' (or `vconcat' or
|
|
|
|
|
`append'). We are phasing out the old unrecommended support for
|
|
|
|
|
integers as arguments to these functions, in preparation for treating
|
|
|
|
|
numbers as single characters in a future release. To concatenate
|
|
|
|
|
numbers in string form, use `number-to-string' first, or rewrite the
|
|
|
|
|
call to use `format' instead of `concat'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function match-string returns the string of text matched at
|
|
|
|
|
the given parenthesized expression by the last regexp search, or nil
|
|
|
|
|
if there was no match. If the last match was by `string-match' on a
|
|
|
|
|
string, the string must be given. Therefore, this function can be
|
|
|
|
|
used in place of `buffer-substring' and `substring', when using
|
|
|
|
|
`match-beginning' and `match-end' to find match positions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(match-string N) or (match-string N STRING)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function replace-match now accepts an optional fourth argument,
|
|
|
|
|
STRING. Use this after performing string-match on STRING, to replace
|
|
|
|
|
the portion of STRING that was matched. When used in this way,
|
|
|
|
|
replace-match returns a newly created string which is the same as
|
|
|
|
|
STRING except for the matched portion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function buffer-substring-no-properties
|
|
|
|
|
is like buffer-substring except that the string it returns
|
|
|
|
|
has no text properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function `equal' now considers two strings to be different
|
|
|
|
|
if they don't have the same text properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Completion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** all-completions now takes an optional fourth argument.
|
|
|
|
|
If that argument is non-nil, completions that start with a space
|
|
|
|
|
are ignored unless the initial string also starts with a space.
|
|
|
|
|
(This used to happen unconditionally.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Local Variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Local hook variables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There is now a clean way to give a hook variable a buffer-local value.
|
|
|
|
|
Call the function `make-local-hook' to do this.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Once a hook variable is buffer-local, you can add hooks to it either
|
|
|
|
|
globally or locally. run-hooks runs the local hook functions
|
|
|
|
|
of the current buffer, then all the global hook functions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The functions add-hook and remove-hook take an additional optional
|
|
|
|
|
argument LOCAL which says whether to add (or remove) a local hook
|
|
|
|
|
function or a global one.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Local hooks use t as an element of the (local) value of the hook
|
|
|
|
|
variable as a flag meaning to use the global value also.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function local-variable-p tells you whether a particular
|
|
|
|
|
variable is buffer-local in the current buffer or a specified buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Editing Facilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function copy-region-as-kill no longer sets this-command;
|
|
|
|
|
as a result, a following kill command will not normally append
|
|
|
|
|
to the text saved by copy-region-as-kill.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Regular expression searching and matching no longer performs full
|
|
|
|
|
Posix backtracking by default. They now stop with the first match found
|
|
|
|
|
instead of looking for the longest match--just as they did in Emacs 18.
|
|
|
|
|
The reason for this change is to get higher speed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There are new functions you can use if you really want to search or
|
|
|
|
|
match with Posix behavior: posix-search-forward,
|
|
|
|
|
posix-search-backward, posix-looking-at, and posix-string-match. Call
|
|
|
|
|
these just like re-search-forward, re-search-backward, looking-at, and
|
|
|
|
|
string-match.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Files
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable `format-alist' defines file formats,
|
|
|
|
|
which are ways of translating between the data in a file and things
|
|
|
|
|
(text, text-properties, and possibly other information) in a buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`format-alist' has one element for each format. Each element is a
|
|
|
|
|
list like this:
|
|
|
|
|
(NAME DOC-STRING REGEXP FROM-FN TO-FN MODIFY MODE-FN)
|
|
|
|
|
containing the name of the format, a documentation string, a regular
|
|
|
|
|
expression which is used to recognize files in that format, a decoding
|
|
|
|
|
function, an encoding function, a flag that indicates whether the
|
|
|
|
|
encoding function modifies the buffer, and a mode function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FROM-FN is called to decode files in that format; it gets two args, BEGIN
|
|
|
|
|
and END, and can make any modifications it likes, returning the new
|
|
|
|
|
end position. It must make sure that the beginning of the file no
|
|
|
|
|
longer matches REGEXP, or else it will get called again.
|
|
|
|
|
TO-FN is called to encode a region into that format; it is also passed BEGIN
|
|
|
|
|
and END, and either returns a list of annotations as in
|
|
|
|
|
`write-region-annotate-functions', or modifies the region and returns
|
|
|
|
|
the new end position.
|
|
|
|
|
MODIFY, if non-nil, means the TO-FN modifies the region. If nil, TO-FN may
|
|
|
|
|
not make any changes and should return a list of annotations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`insert-file-contents' checks the beginning of the file that it is
|
|
|
|
|
inserting to see if it matches one of the regexps. If so, then it
|
|
|
|
|
calls the decoding function, and then looks for another match. When
|
|
|
|
|
visiting a file, it also calls the mode function, and sets the
|
|
|
|
|
variable `buffer-file-format' to the list of formats that the file
|
|
|
|
|
used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`write-region' calls the encoding functions for each format in
|
|
|
|
|
`buffer-file-format' before it writes the file. To save a file in a
|
|
|
|
|
different format, either set `buffer-file-format' to a different
|
|
|
|
|
value, or call the new function `format-write-file'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Since some encoding functions may be slow, you can request that
|
|
|
|
|
auto-save use a format different from the buffer's default by setting
|
|
|
|
|
the variable `auto-save-file-format' to the desired format. This will
|
|
|
|
|
determine the format of all auto-save files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function file-ownership-preserved-p tells you whether
|
|
|
|
|
deleting a file and recreating it would keep the file's owner
|
|
|
|
|
unchanged.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function file-regular-p returns t if a file
|
|
|
|
|
is a "regular" file (not a directory, symlink, named pipe,
|
|
|
|
|
terminal, or other I/O device).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function file-name-sans-extension discards the extension
|
|
|
|
|
of a file name. You call it with a file name, and returns a string
|
|
|
|
|
lacking the extension.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The variable path-separator is a string which says which
|
|
|
|
|
character separates directories in a search path. It is ":"
|
|
|
|
|
for Unix and GNU systems, ";" for MSDOG and Windows NT.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Commands and Key Sequences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Key sequences consisting of C-c followed by {, }, <, >, : or ; are
|
|
|
|
|
now reserved for major modes. Sequences consisting of C-c followed by
|
|
|
|
|
any other punctuation character are now meant for minor modes. We don't
|
|
|
|
|
plan to convert all existing major modes to stop using those sequences,
|
|
|
|
|
but we hope to keep them to a minimum.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** When the post-command-hook or the pre-command-hook gets an error, the error
|
|
|
|
|
is silently ignored. Emacs no longer sets the hook variable to nil when this
|
|
|
|
|
happens. Meanwhile, the hook functions can now alter the hook variable in
|
|
|
|
|
a normal fashion; there is no need to do anything special.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** define-key, lookup-key, and various other functions for changing or
|
|
|
|
|
looking up key bindings now let you write an event type with a list
|
|
|
|
|
like (ctrl meta newline) or (meta ?d), as in XEmacs. (ctrl meta newline)
|
|
|
|
|
is equivalent to the event type symbol C-M-newline, and (meta ?d)
|
|
|
|
|
is equivalent to the character ?\M-d.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function event-convert-list converts a list such as
|
|
|
|
|
(meta ?d) into the corresponding event type (a symbol or integer).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In an interactive spec, `k' means to read a key sequence. In this
|
|
|
|
|
key sequence, upper case characters and shifted function keys which
|
|
|
|
|
have no bindings are converted to lower case if that makes them
|
|
|
|
|
defined.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new interactive code `K' reads a key sequence similarly, but does
|
|
|
|
|
not convert the last event. `K' is useful for reading a key sequence
|
|
|
|
|
to be given a binding.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The variable overriding-local-map now has no effect on the menu bar
|
|
|
|
|
display unless overriding-local-map-menu-flag is non-nil. This is why
|
|
|
|
|
incremental search no longer temporarily changes the menu bars.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that overriding-local-map does still affect the execution of key
|
|
|
|
|
sequences entered using the menu bar. So if you use
|
|
|
|
|
overriding-local-map, and a menu bar key sequence comes in, you should
|
|
|
|
|
make sure to clear overriding-local-map before that key sequence gets
|
|
|
|
|
looked up and executed. But this is what you'd normally do anyway:
|
|
|
|
|
programs that use overriding-local-map normally exit and "put back"
|
|
|
|
|
any event such as menu-bar that they do not handle specially.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable `overriding-terminal-local-map' is like
|
|
|
|
|
overriding-local-map, but is specific to a single terminal.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** delete-frame events.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you use the X window manager's "delete window" command, this now
|
|
|
|
|
generates a delete-frame event. The standard definition of this event
|
|
|
|
|
is a command that deletes the frame that received the event, and kills
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs when the last visible or iconified frame is deleted. You can
|
|
|
|
|
rebind the event to some other command if you wish.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Two new types of events, iconify-frame and make-frame-visible,
|
|
|
|
|
indicate that the user iconified or deiconified a frame with the
|
|
|
|
|
window manager. Since the window manager has already done the work,
|
|
|
|
|
the default definition for both event types in Emacs is to do nothing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Frames and X
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Certain Lisp variables are now local to an X terminal (in other
|
|
|
|
|
words, all the screens of a single X server). The value in effect, at
|
|
|
|
|
any given time, is the one that belongs to the terminal of the
|
|
|
|
|
selected frame. The terminal-local variables are
|
|
|
|
|
default-minibuffer-frame, system-key-alist, defining-kbd-macro, and
|
|
|
|
|
last-kbd-macro. There is no way for Lisp programs to create others.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The terminal-local variables cannot be buffer-local.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** When you create an X frame, for the `top' and `left' frame
|
|
|
|
|
parameters, you can now use values of the form (+ N) or (- N), where N
|
|
|
|
|
is an integer. (+ N) means N pixels to the right of the left edge of
|
|
|
|
|
the screen and (- N) means N pixels to the left of the right edge. In
|
|
|
|
|
both cases, N may be zero (exactly at the edge) or negative (putting
|
|
|
|
|
the window partly off the screen).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function x-parse-geometry can return values of these forms
|
|
|
|
|
for certain inputs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The variable menu-bar-file-menu has been renamed to
|
|
|
|
|
menu-bar-files-menu to match the actual item that appears in the menu.
|
|
|
|
|
(All the other such variable names do match.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function active-minibuffer-window returns the minibuffer window
|
|
|
|
|
currently active, or nil if none is now active.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In the functions next-window, previous-window, next-frame,
|
|
|
|
|
previous-frame, get-buffer-window, get-lru-window, get-largest-window
|
|
|
|
|
and delete-windows-on, if you specify 0 for the last argument,
|
|
|
|
|
it means to consider all visible and iconified frames.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** When you set a frame's cursor type with modify-frame-parameters,
|
|
|
|
|
you can now specify (bar . INTEGER) as the cursor type. This stands
|
|
|
|
|
for a bar cursor of width INTEGER.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function facep returns t if its argument is a face name
|
|
|
|
|
(or if it is a vector such as is used internally by the Lisp code
|
|
|
|
|
to represent a face).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Each frame can now have a buffer-predicate function,
|
|
|
|
|
which is the `buffer-predicate' frame parameter.
|
|
|
|
|
When `other-buffer' looks for an alternative buffer, it considers
|
|
|
|
|
only the buffers that fit the selected frame's buffer predicate (if it
|
|
|
|
|
has one). This is useful for applications that make their own frames.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** When you create an X frame, you can now specify the frame parameter
|
|
|
|
|
`display'. This says which display to put the frame on. The value
|
|
|
|
|
should be a display name--a string of the form
|
|
|
|
|
"HOST:DPYNUMBER.SCREENNUMBER".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The functions x-server-... and x-display-... now take an optional
|
|
|
|
|
argument which specifies the display to ask about. You can use either
|
|
|
|
|
a display name string or a frame. A value of nil stands for the
|
|
|
|
|
selected frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To close the connection to an X display, use the function
|
|
|
|
|
x-close-connection. Specify which display with a display name. You
|
|
|
|
|
cannot close the connection if Emacs still has frames open on that
|
|
|
|
|
display.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x-display-list returns a list indicating which displays Emacs has
|
|
|
|
|
connections to. Its elements are display names (strings).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The icon-type frame parameter may now be a file name.
|
|
|
|
|
Then the contents of that file specify the icon bitmap to use
|
|
|
|
|
for that frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The title of an Emacs frame, displayed by most window managers, is
|
|
|
|
|
set from frame-title-format or icon-title-format. These have the same
|
|
|
|
|
structure as mode-line-format.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** x-display-grayscale-p is a new function that returns non-nil if
|
|
|
|
|
your X server can display shades of gray. Currently it returns
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil for color displays (because they can display shades of gray);
|
|
|
|
|
we may change it in the next version to return nil for color displays.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The frame parameter scroll-bar-width specifies the width of the
|
|
|
|
|
scrollbar in pixels.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Buffers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Creating a buffer with get-buffer-create does not obey
|
|
|
|
|
default-major-mode. That variable is now handled in a separate
|
|
|
|
|
function, set-buffer-major-mode. get-buffer-create and generate-new-buffer
|
|
|
|
|
always leave the newly created buffer in Fundamental mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Creating a new buffer by visiting a file or with switch-to-buffer,
|
|
|
|
|
pop-to-buffer, and similar functions does call set-buffer-major-mode
|
|
|
|
|
to select the default major mode specified with default-major-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can now create an "indirect buffer". An indirect buffer shares
|
|
|
|
|
its text, including text properties, with another buffer (the "base
|
|
|
|
|
buffer"), but has its own major mode, local variables, overlays, and
|
|
|
|
|
narrowing. An indirect buffer has a name of its own, distinct from
|
|
|
|
|
those of the base buffer and all other buffers. An indirect buffer
|
|
|
|
|
cannot itself be visiting a file (though its base buffer can be).
|
|
|
|
|
The base buffer cannot itself be indirect.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use (make-indirect-buffer BASE-BUFFER NAME) to make an indirect buffer
|
|
|
|
|
named NAME whose base is BASE-BUFFER. If BASE-BUFFER is an indirect
|
|
|
|
|
buffer, its base buffer is used as the base for the new buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can make an indirect buffer current, or switch to it in a window,
|
|
|
|
|
just as you would a non-indirect buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function buffer-base-buffer, given an indirect buffer, returns its
|
|
|
|
|
base buffer. It returns nil when given an ordinary buffer (not
|
|
|
|
|
indirect).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The library `noutline' has versions of Outline mode and Outline minor
|
|
|
|
|
mode which let you display different parts of the outline in different
|
|
|
|
|
indirect buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Subprocesses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The functions call-process and call-process-region now allow
|
|
|
|
|
you to direct error message output from the subprocess into a
|
|
|
|
|
separate destination, instead of mixing it with ordinary output.
|
|
|
|
|
To do this, specify for the third argument, BUFFER, a list of the form
|
|
|
|
|
(BUFFER-OR-NAME ERROR-DESTINATION)
|
|
|
|
|
BUFFER-OR-NAME specifies where to put ordinary output; it should
|
|
|
|
|
be a buffer or buffer name, or t, nil or 0. This is what would
|
|
|
|
|
have been the BUFFER argument, ordinarily.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ERROR-DESTINATION specifies where to put the error output.
|
|
|
|
|
nil means discard it, t means mix it with the ordinary output,
|
|
|
|
|
and a string specifies a file name to write this output into.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can't specify a buffer to put the error output in; that is not
|
|
|
|
|
easy to implement directly. You can put the error output into a
|
|
|
|
|
buffer by sending it to a temporary file and then inserting the file
|
|
|
|
|
into a buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Comint mode changes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The variable comint-completion-addsuffix can also be a cons pair
|
|
|
|
|
of the form (DIRSUFFIX . FILESUFFIX), where DIRSUFFIX and FILESUFFIX are
|
|
|
|
|
strings added on unambiguous or exact completion of directories and file
|
|
|
|
|
names, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Text properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can now specify which values of the `invisible' property
|
|
|
|
|
make text invisible in a given buffer. The variable
|
|
|
|
|
`buffer-invisibility-spec', which is always local in all buffers,
|
|
|
|
|
controls this.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If its value is t, then any non-nil `invisible' property makes
|
|
|
|
|
a character invisible.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If its value is a list, then a character is invisible if its
|
|
|
|
|
`invisible' property value appears as a member of the list, or if it
|
|
|
|
|
appears as the car of a member of the list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When the `invisible' property value appears as the car of a member of
|
|
|
|
|
the `buffer-invisibility-spec' list, then the cdr of that member has
|
|
|
|
|
an effect. If it is non-nil, then an ellipsis appears in place of the
|
|
|
|
|
character. (This happens only for the *last* invisible character in a
|
|
|
|
|
series of consecutive invisible characters, and only at the end of a
|
|
|
|
|
line.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If a character's `invisible' property is a list, then Emacs checks each
|
|
|
|
|
element of the list against `buffer-invisibility-spec'. If any element
|
|
|
|
|
matches, the character is invisible.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command `list-text-properties-at' shows what text properties
|
|
|
|
|
are in effect at point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Frame objects now exist in Emacs even on systems that don't support
|
|
|
|
|
X Windows. You can create multiple frames, and switch between them
|
|
|
|
|
using select-frame. The selected frame is actually displayed on your
|
|
|
|
|
terminal; other frames are not displayed at all. The selected frame
|
|
|
|
|
number appears in the mode line after `Emacs', except for frame 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Switching frames on ASCII terminals is therefore more or less
|
|
|
|
|
equivalent to switching between different window configurations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable window-size-change-functions holds a list of
|
|
|
|
|
functions to be called if window sizes change (or if windows are
|
|
|
|
|
created or deleted). The functions are called once for each frame on
|
|
|
|
|
which changes have occurred, with the frame as the sole argument.
|
|
|
|
|
This takes place shortly before redisplay.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The modification hook functions of overlays now work differently.
|
|
|
|
|
They are called both before and after each change. This makes it
|
|
|
|
|
possible for the functions to determine exactly what the change was.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This change affects three overlay properties: the modification-hooks
|
|
|
|
|
property, a list of functions called for deletions overlapping the
|
|
|
|
|
overlay's range and for insertions inside it; the
|
|
|
|
|
insert-in-front-hooks, a list of functions called for insertions at
|
|
|
|
|
the beginning of the overlay; and the insert-behind-hooks, a list of
|
|
|
|
|
functions called for insertions at the end of the overlay.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each function is called both before and after each change that it
|
|
|
|
|
applies to. Before the change, it is called with four arguments:
|
|
|
|
|
(funcall FUNCTION OVERLAY nil START END)
|
|
|
|
|
START and END are the same arguments that the before-change-functions
|
|
|
|
|
receive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
After the change, each function is called with five arguments:
|
|
|
|
|
(funcall FUNCTION OVERLAY t START END OLDSIZE)
|
|
|
|
|
The last arguments, START and END and OLDSIZE,
|
|
|
|
|
are the same arguments that the after-change-functions receive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This means the function must accept either four or five arguments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can set defaults for text-properties with the new variable
|
|
|
|
|
`default-text-properties'. Its value is a property list; the values
|
|
|
|
|
specified there are used whenever a character (or its category) does
|
|
|
|
|
not specify a value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The `face' property of a character or an overlay can now be a list
|
|
|
|
|
of face names. Formerly it had to be just one face name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Changes in handling the `intangible' text property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** If inhibit-point-motion-hooks is non-nil, then `intangible' properties
|
|
|
|
|
are ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Moving to just before a stretch of intangible text
|
|
|
|
|
is no longer special in any way. Point stays at that place.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** When you move point backwards into the midst of intangible text,
|
|
|
|
|
point moves back to the beginning of that text. (It used to move
|
|
|
|
|
forward to the end of that text, which was not very useful.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** When moving across intangible text, Emacs stops wherever the
|
|
|
|
|
property value changes. So if you have two stretches of intangible
|
|
|
|
|
text, with different non-nil intangible properties, it is possible to
|
|
|
|
|
place point between them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Overlays
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Overlay changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The new function previous-overlay-change returns the position of
|
|
|
|
|
the previous overlay start or end, before a specified position. This
|
|
|
|
|
is the backwards-moving counterpart of next-overlay-change.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** overlay-get now supports category properties on an overlay
|
|
|
|
|
the same way get-text-property supports them as text properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specifically, if an overlay does not have the property PROP that you
|
|
|
|
|
ask for, but it does have a `category' property which is a symbol,
|
|
|
|
|
then that symbol's PROP property is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** If an overlay has a non-nil `evaporate' property, it will be
|
|
|
|
|
deleted if it ever becomes empty (i.e., when it spans no characters).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** If an overlay has a `before-string' and/or `after-string' property,
|
|
|
|
|
these strings are displayed at the overlay's endpoints.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Filling
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable fill-paragraph-function provides a way for major
|
|
|
|
|
modes to override the filling of paragraphs. If this is non-nil,
|
|
|
|
|
fill-paragraph calls it as a function, passing along its sole
|
|
|
|
|
argument. If the function returns non-nil, fill-paragraph assumes it
|
|
|
|
|
has done the job and simply passes on whatever value it returned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The usual use of this feature is to fill comments in programming
|
|
|
|
|
language modes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Text filling and justification changes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The new variable use-hard-newlines can be used to make a
|
|
|
|
|
distinction between "hard" and "soft" newlines; the fill functions
|
|
|
|
|
will then never remove a newline that was manually inserted. Hard
|
|
|
|
|
newlines are marked with a non-nil `hard' text-property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The fill-column and left-margin can now be modified by text-properties.
|
|
|
|
|
Most lisp programs should use the new functions (current-fill-column) and
|
|
|
|
|
(current-left-margin), which return the proper values to use for the
|
|
|
|
|
current line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** There are new functions for dealing with margins:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
***** Set-left-margin and set-right-margin (set the value for a region
|
|
|
|
|
and re-fill). These functions take three arguments: two to specify
|
|
|
|
|
a region, and the desired margin value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
***** Increase-left-margin, decrease-left-margin, increase-right-margin, and
|
|
|
|
|
decrease-right-margin (change settings relative to current values, and
|
|
|
|
|
re-fill).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
***** move-to-left-margin moves point there, optionally adding
|
|
|
|
|
indentation or changing tabs to spaces in order to make that possible.
|
|
|
|
|
beginning-of-line-text also moves past the fill-prefix and any
|
|
|
|
|
indentation added to center or right-justify a line, to the beginning
|
|
|
|
|
of the text that the user actually typed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
***** delete-to-left-margin removes any left-margin indentation, but
|
|
|
|
|
does not change the property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The paragraph-movement functions look for the paragraph-start and
|
|
|
|
|
paragraph-separate regexps at the current left margin, not at the
|
|
|
|
|
beginning of the line. This means that those regexps should NOT use ^
|
|
|
|
|
to anchor the search. However, for backwards compatibility, a ^ at
|
|
|
|
|
the beginning of the regexp will be ignored, so most packages won't break.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** justify-current-line is now capable of doing left, center, or
|
|
|
|
|
right justification as well as full justification.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The fill functions can do any kind of justification based on the new
|
|
|
|
|
`justification' text-property and `default-justification' variable,
|
|
|
|
|
or arguments to the functions. They also have a new option which
|
|
|
|
|
defeats the normal removal of extra whitespace.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The new function `current-justification' returns the kind of
|
|
|
|
|
justification used for the current line. The new function
|
|
|
|
|
`set-justification' can be used to change it, including re-justifying
|
|
|
|
|
the text of the region according to the new value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Filling and auto-fill are disabled if justification is `none'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The auto-fill-function is now called regardless of whether
|
|
|
|
|
the fill-column has been exceeded; the function can determine on its
|
|
|
|
|
own whether filling (or justification) is necessary.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** process-tty-name is a new function that returns the name of the
|
|
|
|
|
terminal that the process itself reads and writes on (not the name of
|
|
|
|
|
the pty that Emacs uses to talk with that terminal).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Errors in process filters and sentinels are now normally caught
|
|
|
|
|
automatically, so that they don't abort other Lisp programs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting debug-on-error non-nil turns off this feature; then errors in
|
|
|
|
|
filters and sentinels are not caught. As a result, they can invoke
|
|
|
|
|
the debugger, under the control of debug-on-error.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Emacs now preserves the match data around the execution of process
|
|
|
|
|
filters and sentinels. You can use search and match functions freely
|
|
|
|
|
in filters and sentinels without explicitly bothering to save the
|
|
|
|
|
match data.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Display
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The variable message-log-max controls how messages are logged in the
|
|
|
|
|
"*Messages*" buffer. An integer value means to keep that many lines;
|
|
|
|
|
t means to log with no limit; nil means disable message logging. Lisp
|
|
|
|
|
code that calls `message' excessively (e.g. isearch.el) should probably
|
|
|
|
|
bind this variable to nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Display tables now have a new element, at index 261, specifying the
|
|
|
|
|
glyph to use for the separator between two side-by-side windows. By
|
|
|
|
|
default, this is the vertical bar character `|'. Probably the only
|
|
|
|
|
other useful character to store for this element is a space, to make
|
|
|
|
|
less visual separation between two side-by-side windows displaying
|
|
|
|
|
related information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new mode-line-format spec %c displays the current column number.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable blink-matching-delay specifies how long to keep
|
|
|
|
|
the cursor at the matching open-paren, after you insert a close-paren.
|
|
|
|
|
This is useful mainly on systems which can wait for a fraction of a
|
|
|
|
|
second--you can then specify fractional values such as 0.5.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Faster processing of buffers with long lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new variable cache-long-line-scans determines whether Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
should use caches to handle long lines more quickly. This variable is
|
|
|
|
|
buffer-local, in all buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normally, the line-motion functions work by scanning the buffer for
|
|
|
|
|
newlines. Columnar operations (like `move-to-column' and
|
|
|
|
|
`compute-motion') also work by scanning the buffer, summing character
|
|
|
|
|
widths as they go. This works well for ordinary text, but if the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer's lines are very long (say, more than 500 characters), these
|
|
|
|
|
motion functions will take longer to execute. Emacs may also take
|
|
|
|
|
longer to update the display.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If cache-long-line-scans is non-nil, these motion functions cache
|
|
|
|
|
the results of their scans, and consult the cache to avoid rescanning
|
|
|
|
|
regions of the buffer until the text is modified. The caches are most
|
|
|
|
|
beneficial when they prevent the most searching---that is, when the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer contains long lines and large regions of characters with the
|
|
|
|
|
same, fixed screen width.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When cache-long-line-scans is non-nil, processing short lines will
|
|
|
|
|
become slightly slower (because of the overhead of consulting the
|
|
|
|
|
cache), and the caches will use memory roughly proportional to the
|
|
|
|
|
number of newlines and characters whose screen width varies.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The caches require no explicit maintenance; their accuracy is
|
|
|
|
|
maintained internally by the Emacs primitives. Enabling or disabling
|
|
|
|
|
the cache should not affect the behavior of any of the motion functions;
|
|
|
|
|
it should only affect their performance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** System Interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function user-login-name now accepts an optional
|
|
|
|
|
argument uid. If the argument is non-nil, user-login-name
|
|
|
|
|
returns the login name for that user id.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** system-name, user-name, user-full-name and user-real-name are now
|
|
|
|
|
variables as well as functions. The variables hold the same values
|
|
|
|
|
that the functions would return. The new variable multiple-frames
|
|
|
|
|
is non-nil if at least two non-minibuffer frames are visible. These
|
|
|
|
|
variables may be useful in constructing the value of frame-title-format
|
|
|
|
|
or icon-title-format.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Changes in time-conversion functions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The new function format-time-string takes a format string and a
|
|
|
|
|
time value. It converts the time to a string, according to the format
|
|
|
|
|
specified. You can specify what kind of conversion to use with
|
|
|
|
|
%-specifications.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The new function decode-time converts a time value into a list of
|
|
|
|
|
specific items of information: the year, month, day of week, day of
|
|
|
|
|
month, hour, minute and second. (A time value is a list of two or
|
|
|
|
|
three integers.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The new function encode-time converts specific items of time
|
|
|
|
|
information--the second, minute, hour, day, month, year, and time
|
|
|
|
|
zone--into a time value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in Emacs 19.27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There are no changes; however, here is one bug fix made in 19.26 that users
|
|
|
|
|
think should be documented here.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** SPC and DEL in Info now handle menus consistently.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPC and DEL scroll through an entire subtree an Info manual. Once you
|
|
|
|
|
scroll through a node far enough to reach a menu, SPC begins moving
|
|
|
|
|
into the subnodes of the menu, starting with the first one. When you
|
|
|
|
|
reach the end of a subnode, SPC moves into the next subnode, and so
|
|
|
|
|
on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEL more or less scrolls through the same text in reverse order.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* User Editing Changes in Emacs 19.26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In the X toolkit version, if you click on a menu bar item and
|
|
|
|
|
release the button quickly outside the menu, the menu remains visible
|
|
|
|
|
until you click or type something else. If you click on the menu, you
|
|
|
|
|
select from the menu. Any other mouse click makes the menu disappear.
|
|
|
|
|
Keyboard input gets rid of the menu and then is processed normally.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
"Quickly" means within double-click-time milliseconds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The C-x 5 commands to select a buffer in "another frame" now use an
|
|
|
|
|
existing iconified frame, if any, deiconifying it. They also raise
|
|
|
|
|
the frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Region highlighting on a black-and-white-only display now uses
|
|
|
|
|
underlining. Inverse-video had the problem that you couldn't see
|
|
|
|
|
the cursor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now change the height of a window by pressing mouse-1 on
|
|
|
|
|
the mode line and dragging it up and down.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you set the environment variable LC_CTYPE to iso_8859_1 or
|
|
|
|
|
iso-8859-1, Emacs automatically sets up for display and syntactic
|
|
|
|
|
handling of the ISO Latin-1 character set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This does not automatically load any of the packages for input of
|
|
|
|
|
these characters, because it's not yet clear what is right to do.
|
|
|
|
|
You must still explicitly load either iso-transl or iso-acc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** For a read-only buffer that is also modified, the mode line now displays
|
|
|
|
|
%* instead of %%.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-prior (scroll-other-window-down) is a new command that works like
|
|
|
|
|
M-next (and C-M-v) but scrolls in the opposite direction.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M-home moves to the beginning of the buffer, in the other window.
|
|
|
|
|
M-end moves to the end of the buffer, in the other window. These two
|
|
|
|
|
commands, along with M-next and M-prior, form a series of commands for
|
|
|
|
|
moving around in the other window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In change logs, the mail address is now delimited with <...> instead
|
|
|
|
|
of (...).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This makes it a little more convenient to extract the mail address for
|
|
|
|
|
use in mailing a message.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Shell mode and other comint modes, C-a has now returned to
|
|
|
|
|
its ordinary meaning: move to the beginning of the line.
|
|
|
|
|
Use C-c C-a to move to the end of the prompt.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you set mail-signature to t to cause automatic insertion of
|
|
|
|
|
your .signature file, you now get a -- before the signature.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Setting rmail-highlighted-headers to nil entirely turns off
|
|
|
|
|
highlighting in Rmail. However, if your motivation for doing this is
|
|
|
|
|
that the highlighted text doesn't look good on your display, it might
|
|
|
|
|
be better to change the appearance of the `highlight' face. Once
|
|
|
|
|
you've done that, you may find Rmail highlighting is useful.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In the calendar, mouse-2 is now used only for commands that apply to a date.
|
|
|
|
|
If you click it when not on a date, it gives an immediate error.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mouse-3 in the calendar now gives a menu of commands that do not apply
|
|
|
|
|
to a particular date.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The D command displays diary entries from a specified diary file (not
|
|
|
|
|
your standard diary file).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In the gnus-uu package, the binding for gnus-uu-threaded-decode-and-view
|
|
|
|
|
is now C-c C-v C-d, not C-c C-v C-h. Thus, C-c C-v C-h is now available
|
|
|
|
|
for asking for a list of the subcommands of C-c C-v.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now specify "who you are" for various Emacs packages by
|
|
|
|
|
setting just one variable, user-mail-address. This currently applies
|
|
|
|
|
to posting news with GNUS and to making change log entries. It may
|
|
|
|
|
apply to additional Emacs features in the future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Lisp-Level Changes in Emacs 19.26:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function insert-char now takes an optional third argument
|
|
|
|
|
which, if non-nil, says the inserted characters should inherit sticky
|
|
|
|
|
text properties from the surrounding text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The `diary' library has been renamed to `diary-lib'. If you refer
|
|
|
|
|
to this library in your Lisp code, you must update the references.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Sending text to a subprocess can read input from subprocesses if it
|
|
|
|
|
has to wait because the destination subprocess's terminal input buffer
|
|
|
|
|
is full.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It was already possible in unusual occasions for this operation to
|
|
|
|
|
read subprocess input, but it did not happen very often. It is now
|
|
|
|
|
more likely to happen.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** last-nonmenu-event is now bound to t around filter functions and sentinels.
|
|
|
|
|
This is to ensure that y-or-n-p and yes-or-no-p use the keyboard by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In mode lines, %+ now displays as % for unmodified read-only
|
|
|
|
|
buffers. It is now the same as %* except in the case of a modified
|
|
|
|
|
read-only buffer; in that case, %+ displays as *.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The old meaning of %+ is now available on %&.
|
|
|
|
|
It displays * for a modified buffer and - for an unmodified buffer,
|
|
|
|
|
regardless of read-only status.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now use `underline' in the color list of a face.
|
|
|
|
|
It serves as a last resort, and says to underline the face
|
|
|
|
|
(if previous color list elements can't be used).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function x-color-values returns the list of color values
|
|
|
|
|
for a given color name (a string). The list contains three integers
|
|
|
|
|
which give the amounts of red, green and blue in the color: (R G B).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In run-at-time, 0 as the repeat interval means "don't repeat".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variable trim-versions-without-asking has been renamed to
|
|
|
|
|
delete-old-versions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function other-window-for-scrolling returns the choice of
|
|
|
|
|
other window for C-M-v to scroll.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Note that the function fceiling was mistakenly documented as fceil before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in cc-mode.el in Emacs 19.26:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** A new syntactic symbol has been added: substatement-open. It
|
|
|
|
|
defines the open brace of a substatement block. These used to get:
|
|
|
|
|
((block-open ...) (substatement . ...)).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-block substatement lines still get just ((substatement . ...))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that the custom indent function c-adaptive-block-open has been
|
|
|
|
|
removed as obsolete.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now specify the `hanginess' of closing braces. See
|
|
|
|
|
c-hanging-braces-alist.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Recognizes try and catch blocks in C++. They are given the
|
|
|
|
|
substatement syntactic symbol.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** should be generally more forgiving about non-GNU standard top-level
|
|
|
|
|
construct definition styles (i.e. where the function/class/struct
|
|
|
|
|
opening brace does not start in column zero).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you hang the braces that open a top-level construct on the right
|
|
|
|
|
edge, and you find you still need to define defun-open-prompt (Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
19) please let me know. Note that there may still be performance
|
|
|
|
|
issues related to non-column zero opening braces.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** c-macro-expand is put on C-c C-e
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New style: "Default". Resets indentation to those shipped with
|
|
|
|
|
cc-mode.el.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** internal defun c-indent-via-language-element has been renamed
|
|
|
|
|
c-indent-line for compatibility with c-mode.el and awk-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** new buffer-local variable c-comment-start-regexp for (potential)
|
|
|
|
|
flexibility in adding new modes based on cc-mode.el
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in Emacs 19.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable x-cross-pointer-shape (which didn't really exist) has
|
|
|
|
|
been renamed to x-sensitive-text-pointer-shape, and now does exist.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in Emacs 19.24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here is a list of new Lisp packages introduced since 19.22.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
derived.el Define new major modes based on old ones.
|
|
|
|
|
dired-x.el Extra Dired features.
|
|
|
|
|
double.el New mode for conveniently inputting non-beyond chars.
|
|
|
|
|
easymenu.el Create menus easily.
|
|
|
|
|
ediff.el Snazzy diff interface.
|
|
|
|
|
foldout.el A kind of outline mode designed for editing programs.
|
|
|
|
|
gnus-uu.el UUdecode in GNUS buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
ielm.el Interactively evaluate Lisp.
|
|
|
|
|
This is a replacement for Lisp Interaction Mode.
|
|
|
|
|
iso-cvt.el Conversion of beyond-ASCII characters between
|
|
|
|
|
various different representations.
|
|
|
|
|
jka-compr.el Automatic compression/decompression.
|
|
|
|
|
mldrag.el Drag modeline to change heights of windows.
|
|
|
|
|
mail-hist.el Provides history for headers of outgoing mail.
|
|
|
|
|
rsz-mini.el Automatically resizing minibuffers.
|
|
|
|
|
s-region.el Set region by holding shift.
|
|
|
|
|
skeleton.el Templates for statement insertion.
|
|
|
|
|
soundex.el Classifying words by how they sound.
|
|
|
|
|
tempo.el Template insertion with hotspots.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* User Editing Changes in 19.23.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs 19.23 uses Ispell version 3.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Previous Emacs 19 versions used Ispell version 4. That version had
|
|
|
|
|
improvements in storing the dictionary compactly, but these are not
|
|
|
|
|
very important nowadays. Meanwhile, in parallel to the work on Ispell
|
|
|
|
|
4, many useful features were added to Ispell 3. Until a few months
|
|
|
|
|
ago, the terms on Ispell 3 did not let us use it; but they have now
|
|
|
|
|
been changed, so now we are using it. We are dropping Ispell 4.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs 19.23 can run on MS-DOG. See the file MSDOS in the same
|
|
|
|
|
directory as this file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs 19.23 can work with an X toolkit. You must specify toolkit
|
|
|
|
|
operation when you configure Emacs: use the option
|
|
|
|
|
--with-x-toolkit=yes. (This option uses code developed by Lucid;
|
|
|
|
|
thanks to Frederic Pierresteguy for helping to adapt it.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now has dialog boxes; yes/no and y/n questions automatically
|
|
|
|
|
use them in commands invoked with the mouse. For more information,
|
|
|
|
|
see below under "Lisp programming changes".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Menus now display the keyboard equivalents (if any) of the menu
|
|
|
|
|
commands in parentheses after the menu item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Kill commands, used in a read-only buffer, now move point across
|
|
|
|
|
the text they would otherwise have killed. This way, you can use
|
|
|
|
|
repeated kill commands to transfer text into the kill ring.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There is now a global mark ring in addition to the mark ring that is local
|
|
|
|
|
to each buffer. The global mark ring stores positions in any buffer. Any
|
|
|
|
|
time the mark is set and the current buffer is different from the last time
|
|
|
|
|
the mark was set, the new mark is pushed on the global mark ring as well.
|
|
|
|
|
The new command C-x C-SPC (pop-global-mark) pops the global mark ring and
|
|
|
|
|
jumps to the last mark pushed, first switching to that buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Query Replace is now available in the Edit menu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** ESC no longer simply exits a Query Replace. It now exits the Query
|
|
|
|
|
Replace and remains pending. Thus, ESC A and M-A are now equivalent
|
|
|
|
|
in Query Replace.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To simply exit a Query Replace, type RET or Period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-mouse-2 now puts point at the end of the yanked secondary selection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Mouse-1 in the mode line now simply selects the window above that
|
|
|
|
|
mode line. Mouse-2 in the mode line selects that window and expands
|
|
|
|
|
it to fill the frame it is in.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now use mouse-2 in a Dired buffer or Tar mode buffer to find
|
|
|
|
|
a file you click on, in a compilation buffer to go to a particular
|
|
|
|
|
error message, and in a *Occur* buffer to go to a particular
|
|
|
|
|
occurrence.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(It was already possible to do likewise in Info and in completion list
|
|
|
|
|
buffers.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
What's more, the sensitive areas of the buffer now highlight when you
|
|
|
|
|
move the mouse over them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In a completion list buffer, the command RET now chooses the completion
|
|
|
|
|
that is around or next to point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you specify the foreground color for the `mode-line' face, and
|
|
|
|
|
mode-line-inverse-video is non-nil, then the default background color
|
|
|
|
|
is the usual foreground color.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** revert-buffer now preserves markers pointing within the unchanged
|
|
|
|
|
text (if any) at the beginning and end of the file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Version control checkin and checkout preserve all markers if the
|
|
|
|
|
file does not contain any of the magic version header sequences that
|
|
|
|
|
are updated automatically by RCS and SCCS. If such version headers
|
|
|
|
|
are present, checkin and checkout preserve a marker unless it comes
|
|
|
|
|
between two such sequences. (So it's a good idea to put all the
|
|
|
|
|
header sequences close together.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When a large deletion shuts off auto save temporarily in a buffer,
|
|
|
|
|
you can now turn it on again by saving the buffer with C-x C-s (as was
|
|
|
|
|
possible in Emacs 18). You can also turn it on again with M-1 M-x
|
|
|
|
|
auto-save (as has been possible in Emacs 19).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x r d now runs the command delete-rectangle.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new command imenu shows you a menu of interesting places in the
|
|
|
|
|
current buffer and lets you select one; then it moves point there.
|
|
|
|
|
The definition of interesting places depends on the major mode, but
|
|
|
|
|
typically this includes function definitions and such. Normally,
|
|
|
|
|
imenu displays the menu in a buffer; but if you bind it to a mouse
|
|
|
|
|
event, it shows a mouse popup menu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can make certain chosen buffers, that normally appear in a
|
|
|
|
|
separate window, appear in special frames of their own. To do this,
|
|
|
|
|
set special-display-buffer-names to a list of buffer names; any buffer
|
|
|
|
|
whose name is in that list automatically gets a special frame when it
|
|
|
|
|
is to be displayed in another window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A good value to try is ("*compilation*" "*grep*" "*TeX Shell*").
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More generally, you can set special-display-regexps to a list of regular
|
|
|
|
|
expressions; then each buffer whose name matches any of those regular
|
|
|
|
|
expressions gets its own frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable special-display-frame-alist specifies the frame
|
|
|
|
|
parameters for these frames. It has a default value, so you don't
|
|
|
|
|
need to set it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you set sentence-end-double-space to nil, the fill commands
|
|
|
|
|
expect just one space at the end of a sentence. (If you want the
|
|
|
|
|
sentence commands to accept single spaces, you must modify the regexp
|
|
|
|
|
sentence-end also.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can suppress the startup echo area message by adding text like
|
|
|
|
|
this to your .emacs file:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq inhibit-startup-echo-area-message "YOUR-LOGIN-NAME")
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Simply setting inhibit-startup-echo-area-message to your login name is
|
|
|
|
|
not sufficient to inhibit the message; Emacs explicitly checks whether
|
|
|
|
|
.emacs contains an expression as shown above. Your login name must
|
|
|
|
|
appear in the expression as a Lisp string constant.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This way, you can easily inhibit the message for yourself if you wish,
|
|
|
|
|
but thoughtless copying of your .emacs file will not inhibit the
|
|
|
|
|
message for someone else.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Outline minor mode now uses C-c C-o as a prefix instead of just C-c.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Outline mode, hide-subtree is now C-c C-d. (It was C-c C-h; but
|
|
|
|
|
that is now a conventional way to ask for help about C-c commands.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There are two additional commands in Outline mode.
|
|
|
|
|
M-x hide-sublevels
|
|
|
|
|
hides all headers except the topmost N levels.
|
|
|
|
|
M-x hide-other
|
|
|
|
|
hides everything about the body that point is in
|
|
|
|
|
plus the headers leading up from there to the top of the tree.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In iso-transl and iso-insert, the sequences for entering A-ring and
|
|
|
|
|
the AE ligature are now just A and E (plus the initial C-x 8 or Alt).
|
|
|
|
|
You used to have to enter AA or AE, after the C-x 8 prefix of course.
|
|
|
|
|
Likewise for lower case a-ring and ae.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** iso-transl now defines convenient Alt keys as well as the C-x 8 prefix.
|
|
|
|
|
Instead of prefixing a sequence with C-x 8, you can add Alt to the
|
|
|
|
|
first character of the sequence. For example, Alt-" a is now a way
|
|
|
|
|
to enter an a-umlaut.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** CC mode is a greatly improved mode for C and C++.
|
|
|
|
|
See the following page.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** tcl mode is a new major mode. It provides features for
|
|
|
|
|
editing, indenting and running tcl programs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Compilation minor mode lets you parse error messages in any buffer,
|
|
|
|
|
not just a normal compilation output buffer. Type M-x
|
|
|
|
|
compilation-minor-mode to enable the minor mode; then C-c C-c jumps to
|
|
|
|
|
the source location for the error at point, as in the `*compilation*'
|
|
|
|
|
buffer. If you use compilation-minor-mode in an Rlogin buffer, it
|
|
|
|
|
automatically accesses remote source files by ftp.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Comint and shell mode changes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Comint modes (including Shell mode, GUD modes, etc.) now bind
|
|
|
|
|
C-M-l to the command comint-show-output. This command scrolls the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer to show the last batch of output from the subprogram.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Completion in Comint modes now truly operates on the string before
|
|
|
|
|
point, rather than the word that point is within.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Comint mode file name completion ignores those files that end with a
|
|
|
|
|
string in the new variable comint-completion-fignore. This variable's
|
|
|
|
|
default value is nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Shell mode uses the variable shell-completion-fignore to set
|
|
|
|
|
comint-completion-fignore. The default value is nil, but some
|
|
|
|
|
people prefer ("~" "#" "%").
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function `comint-watch-for-password-prompt' can be used to
|
|
|
|
|
suppress echoing when a subprocess asks for a password. To use it,
|
|
|
|
|
do this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(add-hook 'comint-output-filter-functions
|
|
|
|
|
'comint-watch-for-password-prompt)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can use M-x shell-strip-ctrl-m to strip ^M characters from
|
|
|
|
|
process output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In Shell mode, TAB now completes environment variables, if possible,
|
|
|
|
|
and expands directory references.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can use M-x comint-run to execute any program of your choice in
|
|
|
|
|
a comint mode. Some programs such as shells, rlogin, and debuggers
|
|
|
|
|
have their own specialized modes; this command is one way to use
|
|
|
|
|
comint to run programs for which no such specialized mode exits. (You
|
|
|
|
|
can also run a shell with M-x shell and run the program of your choice
|
|
|
|
|
under the shell--but that gives you the specializations of Shell
|
|
|
|
|
mode.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When you run GUD (M-x gdb, M-x dbx, and so on), you can use TAB
|
|
|
|
|
to do file name completion in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The "Complete" menu includes an item for directory expansion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** GUD working with future versions of GDB will permit TAB for
|
|
|
|
|
GDB-style symbol completion. This will work with GDB 4.13.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Rmail no longer gets new mail automatically when you visit an Rmail
|
|
|
|
|
file specified by name--not even if it is your primary Rmail file. To
|
|
|
|
|
get new mail, type `g'. This feature is an advantage because you now
|
|
|
|
|
have a choice of whether to get new mail. (This change actually
|
|
|
|
|
occurred in an earlier version, but wasn't listed here then, since it
|
|
|
|
|
made the code do what the documentation already said.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Rmail now highlights certain fields automatically, when you use X
|
|
|
|
|
windows. The variable rmail-highlighted-headers controls which
|
|
|
|
|
fields.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you set rmail-summary-window-size to an integer, Rmail uses
|
|
|
|
|
a window that many lines high for the summary buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** rmail-input-menu is a new command that visits an Rmail file letting
|
|
|
|
|
you choose which file with a mouse menu. rmail-output-menu is
|
|
|
|
|
similar; it outputs the current message, using a mouse menu to choose
|
|
|
|
|
which Rmail file. These commands use the variables
|
|
|
|
|
rmail-secondary-file-directory and rmail-secondary-file-regexp.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The mh-e package has been changed substantially.
|
|
|
|
|
See the file ./MH-E-NEWS for details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The calendar and diary have new features.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The menu bar for the calendar contains most of the calendar commands,
|
|
|
|
|
arranged into logical categories.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mouse-2 now performs specific-date-related commands when clicked on a
|
|
|
|
|
date in the calendar window and common three-month-related commands
|
|
|
|
|
when clicked elsewhere in the calendar window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can set up colored/shaded highlighting of holidays, diary entry
|
|
|
|
|
dates, and today's date, by setting calendar-holiday-marker,
|
|
|
|
|
diary-entry-marker, and calendar-today-marker to a face instead of a
|
|
|
|
|
character. Using a special face is now the default if you are using a
|
|
|
|
|
window system.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The appt package for displaying appointment reminders has new
|
|
|
|
|
features.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The appt alarm window stays for the full duration of
|
|
|
|
|
appt-display-duration. It no longer disappears when you start typing
|
|
|
|
|
text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can change the way the appointment window is created/deleted by
|
|
|
|
|
setting the variables appt-disp-window-function and
|
|
|
|
|
appt-delete-window-function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For instance, these variables can be set to functions that display
|
|
|
|
|
appointments in pop-up frames, which are lowered or iconified after
|
|
|
|
|
appt-display-duration seconds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** desktop.el can now save a list of buffer-local variables,
|
|
|
|
|
and saves more global ones.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Pascal mode has been completely rewritten. It now features
|
|
|
|
|
completing of function names, variables and type definitions around
|
|
|
|
|
current point (like M-TAB does with lisp-symbols). There's also an
|
|
|
|
|
outline mode (M-x pascal-outline) that hides the bodies of all
|
|
|
|
|
functions you're not working with.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Edebug has a number of changes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Edebug syntax error reporting is improved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Top-level forms and defining forms other than defun and defmacro may
|
|
|
|
|
now be debugged with Edebug.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Edebug specifications may now contain body, &define, name, arg or
|
|
|
|
|
arglist, def-body, and def-form, to support definitions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** edebug-all-defuns is renamed to edebug-all-defs.
|
|
|
|
|
def-edebug-form-spec is replaced by def-edebug-form whose arguments
|
|
|
|
|
are unevaluated. The old names are still available for now.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Frequency counts and coverage data may be displayed for functions being
|
|
|
|
|
debugged.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A global break condition is now checked at every stop point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The previous condition at a breakpoint may now be edited.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new "next" mode stops only after expression evaluation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new command, top-level-nonstop, does not even stop for unwind-protect,
|
|
|
|
|
as top-level would.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in CC mode in Emacs 19.23.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`cc-mode' provides ANSI C, K&R C, and ARM C++ language editing. It
|
|
|
|
|
represents the merge of c++-mode.el and c-mode.el. cc-mode provides a
|
|
|
|
|
new, more flexible indentation engine so that indentation
|
|
|
|
|
customization is more intuitive. There are two steps to calculating
|
|
|
|
|
indentation: first, CC mode analyzes the line for syntactic content,
|
|
|
|
|
then based on this content it applies user defined offsets and adds
|
|
|
|
|
this offset to the indentation of some previous line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The syntactic analysis determines if the line describes a `statement',
|
|
|
|
|
`substatement', `class-open', `member-init-intro', etc. These are
|
|
|
|
|
described in detail with C-h v c-offsets-alist. You can change the
|
|
|
|
|
offsets interactively with C-c C-o (c-set-offsets), or
|
|
|
|
|
programmatically in your c-mode-common-hook, which is run both by
|
|
|
|
|
c-mode and c++-mode. You can also set up "styles" in the same way
|
|
|
|
|
that you could with c-mode.el. The variable c-basic-offset controls
|
|
|
|
|
the basic offset given to a level of indentation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If, for example, you wanted to change this style:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int foo (int i)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
switch (i) {
|
|
|
|
|
case 1:
|
|
|
|
|
printf ("its a foo\n");
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
printf ("don't know what it is\n");
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
into this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int foo (int i)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
switch (i) {
|
|
|
|
|
case 1:
|
|
|
|
|
printf ("its a foo\n");
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
printf ("don't know what it is\n");
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
you could add the following to your .emacs file:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defun my-c-mode-common-hook ()
|
|
|
|
|
(c-set-offset 'case-label 2)
|
|
|
|
|
(c-set-offset 'statement-case-intro 2))
|
|
|
|
|
(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook 'my-c-mode-common-hook)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New variables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c-offsets-alist contains an association list of syntactic symbols and
|
|
|
|
|
their relative offsets. Do a "C-h v c-offsets-alist" to get a list of
|
|
|
|
|
all syntactic symbols currently defined, and their meanings. You
|
|
|
|
|
should not change this variable directly; use the supplied interface
|
|
|
|
|
commands c-set-offset and c-set-style.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c-mode-common-hook is run by both c-mode and c++-mode during their
|
|
|
|
|
common initializations. You should put any customizations that are
|
|
|
|
|
the same for both C and C++ into this hook.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable c-strict-semantics-p is used mainly for debugging. When
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil, CC mode signals an error if it returns a syntactic symbol
|
|
|
|
|
that can't be found in c-offsets-alist.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want CC mode to echo the syntactic analysis for a particular
|
|
|
|
|
line when you hit the TAB key, set c-echo-semantic-information-p to
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c-basic-offset controls the standard amount of offset for a level of
|
|
|
|
|
indentation. You can set a syntactic symbol's offset to + or - as a
|
|
|
|
|
short-hand for positive or negative c-basic-offset.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c-comment-only-line-offset lets you control indentation given to lines
|
|
|
|
|
which contain only a comment, in the case of C++ line style comments,
|
|
|
|
|
or the introduction to a C block comment. Comment-only lines at
|
|
|
|
|
column zero can be anchored there independent of the indentation given
|
|
|
|
|
to other comment-only lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c-block-comments-indent-p controls the style of C block comment
|
|
|
|
|
re-indentation. If you put leading stars in front of comment
|
|
|
|
|
continuation lines, you should set this variable to nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c-cleanup-list is a list describing certain C and C++ constructs to be
|
|
|
|
|
"cleaned up" as they are typed, but only when the auto-newline feature
|
|
|
|
|
is turned on. In C++, make sure this variable contains at least
|
|
|
|
|
'scope-operator so that double colons will not be separated by a
|
|
|
|
|
newline.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Colons (`:') and braces (`{` and `}') are special in C and C++. For
|
|
|
|
|
certain constructs, you may like them to hang on the right edge of the
|
|
|
|
|
code, or you may like them to start a new line of code. You can use
|
|
|
|
|
the two variables c-hanging-braces-alist and c-hanging-colons-alist
|
|
|
|
|
to control whether newlines are placed before and/or after colons and
|
|
|
|
|
braces when certain C and C++ constructs are entered. For example,
|
|
|
|
|
you can control whether the colon that introduces a C++ member
|
|
|
|
|
initialization list hangs on the right edge, starts a new line, or has
|
|
|
|
|
no newlines either before or after it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c-special-indent-hook is run after a line is indented by CC mode. You
|
|
|
|
|
can perform any custom indentations here.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c-delete-function is the function that is called when a single
|
|
|
|
|
character is deleted with the c-electric-delete command (DEL).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c-electric-pound-behavior describes what happens when you enter the
|
|
|
|
|
`#' that introduces a cpp macro.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If c-tab-always-indent is neither t nor nil, then TAB inserts a tab
|
|
|
|
|
when within strings, comments, and cpp directives, but it reindents
|
|
|
|
|
the line unconditionally.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c-inhibit-startup-warnings-p inhibits warnings about any old
|
|
|
|
|
version of Emacs you might be running, which could be incompatible
|
|
|
|
|
with cc-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There are two new minor-mode features in CC mode: auto-newline and
|
|
|
|
|
hungry-delete. Auto-newline inserts newlines automatically as you
|
|
|
|
|
type certain constructs. Hungry-delete consumes all preceding
|
|
|
|
|
whitespace (spaces, tabs, and newlines) when the delete key is hit.
|
|
|
|
|
You can toggle auto-newline on and off on a per-buffer basis by
|
|
|
|
|
hitting C-c C-a. You can toggle hungry-delete on and off by hitting
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-d. You can toggle them both on and off together with C-c C-t.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Slash (`/') and star (`*') are now both electric characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New commands:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new C-c C-o (c-set-offset) command can be used to interactively change
|
|
|
|
|
the offset for a particular syntactic symbol.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new command C-c : (c-scope-operator) inserts the C++ scope operator in
|
|
|
|
|
c++-mode only.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new command C-c C-q (c-indent-defun) indents the entire enclosing
|
|
|
|
|
top-level function or class.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new command C-c C-s (c-show-semantic-information) echos the current
|
|
|
|
|
syntactic analysis without re-indenting the current line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new commands M-x c-forward-into-nomenclature and M-x
|
|
|
|
|
c-backward-into-nomenclature (currently otherwise unbound to a key
|
|
|
|
|
sequence), make movement easier when using the C++ variable naming
|
|
|
|
|
convention of VariableNamesWithoutUnderscoresButEachWordCapitalized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Command from c-mode.el that have been renamed in cc-mode.el:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
electric-c-brace => c-electric-brace
|
|
|
|
|
electric-c-semi => c-electric-semi&comma
|
|
|
|
|
electric-c-sharp-sign => c-electric-pound
|
|
|
|
|
mark-c-function => c-mark-function
|
|
|
|
|
electric-c-terminator => c-electric-colon
|
|
|
|
|
indent-c-exp => c-indent-exp
|
|
|
|
|
set-c-style => c-set-style
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Variables from c-mode.el that are obsolete with cc-mode.el:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c-indent-level
|
|
|
|
|
c-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
|
|
c-brace-offset
|
|
|
|
|
c-argdecl-indent
|
|
|
|
|
c-label-offset
|
|
|
|
|
c-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
|
|
c-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Lisp programming changes in Emacs 19.23.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** To pop up a dialog box, call x-popup-dialog.
|
|
|
|
|
It takes two arguments, POSITION and CONTENTS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
POSITION specifies which frame to place the dialog box over;
|
|
|
|
|
the dialog box always goes on the center of the frame.
|
|
|
|
|
POSITION may be a mouse event, a window, a frame,
|
|
|
|
|
or t meaning use the frame that the mouse is in.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONTENTS specifies the contents of the dialog box.
|
|
|
|
|
It looks like a single pane of a popup menu:
|
|
|
|
|
(TITLE ITEM1 ITEM2 ...), where each ITEM has the form (STRING . VALUE).
|
|
|
|
|
The return value is VALUE from the chosen item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An ITEM may also be just a string--that makes a nonselectable item.
|
|
|
|
|
An ITEM may also be nil--that means to put all preceding items
|
|
|
|
|
on the left of the dialog box and all following items on the right.
|
|
|
|
|
(By default, approximately half appear on each side.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If your Emacs is not using an X toolkit, then it cannot display a
|
|
|
|
|
real dialog box; so instead it displays a pop-up menu in the center
|
|
|
|
|
of the frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** y-or-n-p, yes-or-no-p and map-y-or-n-p now use menus or dialog boxes
|
|
|
|
|
to ask their question(s) if the command that is running was reached by
|
|
|
|
|
a mouse event.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to control which way these functions work, bind the
|
|
|
|
|
variable last-nonmenu-event around the call. These functions use the
|
|
|
|
|
keyboard if that variable holds a keyboard event (actually, any
|
|
|
|
|
non-list); they use the mouse if that variable holds a mouse event
|
|
|
|
|
(actually, any list).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The mouse-face property is now implemented, both in overlays and as
|
|
|
|
|
a text property. It specifies a face to use when the mouse is in the
|
|
|
|
|
range of text for which the property is specified.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When text has a non-nil `intangible' property, you cannot move point
|
|
|
|
|
within it or right before it. If you try, point actually moves to the
|
|
|
|
|
end of the intangible text. Note that this means that backward-char
|
|
|
|
|
is a no-op when there is an intangible character to the left of point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** minibuffer-exit-hook is a new normal hook that is run when you
|
|
|
|
|
exit the minibuffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variable x-cross-pointer-shape specifies the cursor shape to use
|
|
|
|
|
when the mouse is over text that has a mouse-face property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable interpreter-mode-alist specifies major modes to use
|
|
|
|
|
for shell scripts that specify a command interpreter. Its elements
|
|
|
|
|
look like (INTERPRETER . MODE); for example, ("perl" . perl-mode) is
|
|
|
|
|
one element present by default. This feature applies only when the
|
|
|
|
|
file name doesn't indicate which mode to use.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you use a minibuffer-only frame, set the variable
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer-auto-raise to t, and entering the minibuffer will then
|
|
|
|
|
raise the minibuffer frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If pop-up-frames is t, display-buffer now looks for an existing
|
|
|
|
|
window in any visible frame, showing the specified buffer, and uses
|
|
|
|
|
such a window in preference to making a new frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In the functions next-window, previous-window, next-frame,
|
|
|
|
|
previous-frame, get-buffer-window, get-lru-window, get-largest-window
|
|
|
|
|
and delete-windows-on, if you specify `visible' for the last argument,
|
|
|
|
|
it means to consider all visible frames.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Mouse events now give the X and Y coordinates in pixels, rather than
|
|
|
|
|
in characters. You can convert these values to characters by dividing by
|
|
|
|
|
the values of (frame-char-width) and (frame-char-height).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new functions mouse-pixel-position and set-mouse-pixel-position
|
|
|
|
|
read and set the mouse position in units of pixels. The existing
|
|
|
|
|
functions mouse-position and set-mouse-position continue to work with
|
|
|
|
|
units of characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function compute-motion is useful for computing the width
|
|
|
|
|
of certain text when it is displayed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function vertical-motion now takes an option second argument WINDOW
|
|
|
|
|
which says which window to use for the display calculations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
vertical-motion always operates on the current buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
It is ok to specify a window displaying some other buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
Then vertical-motion uses the width, hscroll and display-table of
|
|
|
|
|
the specified window, but still scans the current buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** An error no longer sets last-command to t; the value of last-command
|
|
|
|
|
does reflect the previous command (the one that got an error).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you do not want a particular command to be recognized as the
|
|
|
|
|
previous command in the case where it got an error, you must code that
|
|
|
|
|
command to prevent this. Set this-command to t at the beginning of
|
|
|
|
|
the command, and set this-command back to its proper value at the end,
|
|
|
|
|
like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defun foo (args...)
|
|
|
|
|
(interactive ...)
|
|
|
|
|
(setq this-command t)
|
|
|
|
|
...do the work...
|
|
|
|
|
(setq this-command 'foo))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defun foo (args...)
|
|
|
|
|
(interactive ...)
|
|
|
|
|
(let ((old-this-command this-command))
|
|
|
|
|
(setq this-command t)
|
|
|
|
|
...do the work...
|
|
|
|
|
(setq this-command old-this-command)))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The undo and yank commands do this.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you specify an explicit title for a new frame when you create it,
|
|
|
|
|
the title is used as the resource name when looking up X resources to
|
|
|
|
|
control the shape of that frame. If you don't specify the frame title,
|
|
|
|
|
the value of x-resource-name is used, as before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The frame parameter user-position, if non-nil, says that the user
|
|
|
|
|
has specified the frame position. Emacs reports this to the window
|
|
|
|
|
manager, to tell it not to override the position that the user
|
|
|
|
|
specified.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Major modes can now set change-major-mode-hook to arrange for state
|
|
|
|
|
to be cleaned up when the user switches to a new major mode. The function
|
|
|
|
|
kill-all-local-variables runs this hook. For best results, make the hook a
|
|
|
|
|
buffer-local variable so that it will disappear after doing its job and will
|
|
|
|
|
not interfere with the subsequent major mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable overriding-local-map, if non-nil, specifies a keymap
|
|
|
|
|
that overrides the current local map, all minor mode keymaps, and all
|
|
|
|
|
text property keymaps. Incremental search uses this feature to override
|
|
|
|
|
all other keymaps temporarily.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** A key definition in a menu keymap can now have additional structure:
|
|
|
|
|
in addition to (ITEMNAME [HELPSTRING] . COMMAND) which was allowed
|
|
|
|
|
before, the form (ITEMNAME [HELPSTRING] (...) . COMMAND) is
|
|
|
|
|
allowed. (HELPSTRING is optional, and is not currently used.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here (...) represents a sublist containing information about keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
key sequences that run the same command COMMAND. Displaying the menu
|
|
|
|
|
automatically creates and updates the sublist when appropriate; you
|
|
|
|
|
need never set these up yourself.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
lookup-key, key-binding, and similar functions return just COMMAND,
|
|
|
|
|
not the whole binding.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To precompute this information for a given keymap, you can do
|
|
|
|
|
(x-popup-menu nil KEYMAP).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When you specify coordinates for x-popup-menu as a list ((XOFFSET
|
|
|
|
|
YOFFSET) WINDOW), the coordinates are now measured in pixels.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** where-is-internal now takes just four arguments:
|
|
|
|
|
DEFINITION KEYMAP FIRSTONLY NOINDIRECT.
|
|
|
|
|
The single argument KEYMAP replaces two arguments KEYMAP and KEYMAP1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If KEYMAP is non-nil, where-is-internal searches only KEYMAP and the
|
|
|
|
|
global keymap.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If KEYMAP is nil, where-is-internal searches all the currently active
|
|
|
|
|
keymaps, but finds the active keymaps as if overriding-local-map were
|
|
|
|
|
nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you pass a list of the form (keymap) as KEYMAP, where-is-internal
|
|
|
|
|
searches only the global map. (This is not a special case--it follows
|
|
|
|
|
from the specifications above.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you pass the value of overriding-local-map as KEYMAP, where-is-internal
|
|
|
|
|
searches in exactly the same was as command execution does.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Use the macro define-derived-mode to define a new major mode that
|
|
|
|
|
inherits the definition of another major mode. Here's how to define a
|
|
|
|
|
command named hypertext-mode that inherits from the command text-mode:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(define-derived-mode hypertext-mode text-mode "Hypertext"
|
|
|
|
|
"Major mode for hypertext.\n\n\\{hypertext-mode-map}"
|
|
|
|
|
(setq case-fold-search nil))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(define-key hypertext-mode-map [down-mouse-3] 'do-hyper-link)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new mode has its own keymap, which inherits from that of the
|
|
|
|
|
original mode. It also has its own syntax and abbrev tables, which
|
|
|
|
|
are initialized by copying those of the original mode. It also has
|
|
|
|
|
its own mode hook. All are given names made by appending a suffix
|
|
|
|
|
to the name of the new mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** A syntax table can now inherit the data for some characters from
|
|
|
|
|
standard-syntax-table, while specifying other characters itself.
|
|
|
|
|
Syntax code 13 means "inherit this character from the standard syntax
|
|
|
|
|
table." In modify-syntax-entry, the character `@' represents this code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function `make-syntax-table' now creates a syntax table which
|
|
|
|
|
inherits all letters and control characters (0 to 31 and 128 to 255)
|
|
|
|
|
from the standard syntax table, while copying the other characters
|
|
|
|
|
from the standard syntax table. Most syntax tables in Emacs are set
|
|
|
|
|
up this way.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This sort of inheritance is useful for people who set up character
|
|
|
|
|
sets with additional alphabetic characters in the range 128 to 255.
|
|
|
|
|
Just changing the standard syntax for these characters affects all
|
|
|
|
|
major modes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function transpose-regions swaps two regions of the buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
It preserves the markers in those two regions, so that they stay with
|
|
|
|
|
the surrounding text as it is swapped.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** revert-buffer now runs before-revert-hook at the beginning and
|
|
|
|
|
after-revert-hook at the end. These can be used by minor modes
|
|
|
|
|
that need to clean up state variables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function get-char-property is like get-text-property, but
|
|
|
|
|
checks for overlays with properties as well as for text properties.
|
|
|
|
|
It checks for overlays first, in order of descending priority, and
|
|
|
|
|
text properties last.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
get-char-property allows windows as the OBJECT argument, as well
|
|
|
|
|
as buffers and strings. If you specify a window, then only overlays
|
|
|
|
|
active on that window are considered.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Overlays can have the `invisible' property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function insert-file-contents now takes an optional fifth
|
|
|
|
|
argument called REPLACE. If this is t, it means to replace the
|
|
|
|
|
contents of the buffer (actually, just the accessible portion)
|
|
|
|
|
with the contents of the file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is better than simply deleting and inserting the whole thing
|
|
|
|
|
because (1) it preserves some marker positions and (2) it puts less
|
|
|
|
|
data in the undo list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variable inhibit-first-line-modes-regexps specifies classes of
|
|
|
|
|
file names for which -*- on the first line should not be looked for.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variables before-change-functions and after-change-functions
|
|
|
|
|
hold lists of functions to call before and after a change in the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer's text. They work much like before-change-function and
|
|
|
|
|
after-change-function, except that they hold a list of functions
|
|
|
|
|
instead of just one.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These variables will eventually make before-change-function and
|
|
|
|
|
after-change-function obsolete.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variable kill-buffer-query-functions holds a list of functions
|
|
|
|
|
to be called with no arguments when a buffer is about to be killed.
|
|
|
|
|
(That buffer is the current buffer when the function is called.)
|
|
|
|
|
If any of the functions returns nil, the buffer is not killed
|
|
|
|
|
(and the remaining functions in the list are not called).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variable kill-emacs-query-functions holds a list of functions
|
|
|
|
|
to be called with no arguments when you ask to exit Emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
If any of the functions returns nil, the exit is canceled
|
|
|
|
|
(and the remaining functions in the list are not called).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The argument for buffer-disable-undo is now optional,
|
|
|
|
|
like the argument for buffer-enable-undo.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable system-configuration holds the canonical three-part
|
|
|
|
|
GNU configuration name for which Emacs was built.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function system-name now tries harder to return a fully qualified
|
|
|
|
|
domain name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variable emacs-major-version holds the major version number
|
|
|
|
|
of Emacs. (Currently 19.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variable emacs-minor-version holds the minor version number
|
|
|
|
|
of Emacs. (Currently 23.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The default value of comint-input-autoexpand is now nil.
|
|
|
|
|
However, Shell mode sets it from the value of shell-input-autoexpand,
|
|
|
|
|
whose default value is `history'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function set-process-window-size specifies the terminal window
|
|
|
|
|
size for a subprocess. On some systems it sends the subprocess a signal
|
|
|
|
|
to let it know that the size has changed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** %P is a new way to display a percentage in the mode line. It
|
|
|
|
|
displays the percentage of the buffer text that is above the *bottom*
|
|
|
|
|
of the window (which includes the text visible, in the window as well
|
|
|
|
|
as the text above the top). It displays `Top' as well as the
|
|
|
|
|
percentage if the top of the buffer is visible on screen.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** %+ in the mode line specs displays `*' if the buffer is modified,
|
|
|
|
|
and otherwise `-'. It never displays `%', as `%*' would do; whether the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer is read-only has no effect on %+.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new functions ffloor, fceiling, fround and ftruncate take a
|
|
|
|
|
floating point argument and return a floating point result whose value
|
|
|
|
|
is a nearby integer. ffloor returns the nearest integer below; fceiling,
|
|
|
|
|
the nearest integer above; ftruncate, the nearest integer in the
|
|
|
|
|
direction towards zero; fround, the nearest integer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Setting `print-escape-newlines' to a non-nil value now also makes
|
|
|
|
|
formfeeds print as ``\f''.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** auto-mode-alist now has a new feature. If an element has the form
|
|
|
|
|
(REGEXP FUNCTION t), and REGEXP matches the file name, then after calling
|
|
|
|
|
FUNCTION, Emacs deletes the part of the file name that matched REGEXP
|
|
|
|
|
and then searches auto-mode-alist again for a new match.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is useful for uncompression packages. An entry of this sort for
|
|
|
|
|
.gz can uncompress the file and then put the uncompressed file in the
|
|
|
|
|
proper mode according to the name sans .gz.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function emacs-pid returns the process ID number of Emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** user-login-name now consistently checks the LOGNAME environment
|
|
|
|
|
variable before USER. user-original-login-name is obsolete, since it
|
|
|
|
|
provides the same functionality. To ignore the environment variables,
|
|
|
|
|
use user-real-login-name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There is a more general way of handling the system-specific X
|
|
|
|
|
keysyms. Set the variable system-key-alist to an alist containing
|
|
|
|
|
elements of the form (CODE . SYMBOL), where CODE is the numeric keysym
|
|
|
|
|
code minus the "vendor specific" bit, and symbol is the name for the
|
|
|
|
|
function key.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can use the variable command-line-functions to set up functions
|
|
|
|
|
to process unrecognized command line arguments. The variable's value
|
|
|
|
|
should be a list of functions of no arguments. The functions are
|
|
|
|
|
called successively until one of them returns non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each function should access the free variables argi (the current
|
|
|
|
|
argument) and command-line-args-left (the remaining arguments). The
|
|
|
|
|
function should return non-nil only if it recognizes and processes the
|
|
|
|
|
argument in argi. If it does so, it may consume following arguments
|
|
|
|
|
as well by removing them from command-line-args-left.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There's a new way for a magic file name handler to run a primitive
|
|
|
|
|
and inhibit handling of the file name. Here is how to do it:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(let ((inhibit-file-name-handlers
|
|
|
|
|
(cons 'ange-ftp-file-handler
|
|
|
|
|
(and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation)
|
|
|
|
|
inhibit-file-name-handlers)))
|
|
|
|
|
(inhibit-file-name-operation operation))
|
|
|
|
|
(apply this-operation args))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function find-file-name-handler now takes two arguments. The
|
|
|
|
|
second argument is OPERATION, the operation for which the handler is
|
|
|
|
|
being sought.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
People have suggested that the second argument should be optional, for
|
|
|
|
|
backward compatibility. It would be nice if that were possible, but
|
|
|
|
|
it is not. There is simply no way for find-file-name-handler to do
|
|
|
|
|
the right thing without receiving the proper value for its second
|
|
|
|
|
argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variable completion-regexp-list affects the completion
|
|
|
|
|
primitives try-completion and all-completions. They consider
|
|
|
|
|
only the possible completions that match each regexp in the list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Case conversion in the function replace-match has been changed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The old behavior was this: if any word in the old text was
|
|
|
|
|
capitalized, replace-match capitalized each word of the replacement
|
|
|
|
|
text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new behavior is this: if the first word in the old text is capitalized,
|
|
|
|
|
replace-match capitalizes the first word of the replacement text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now specify a case table with CANON non-nil and EQV nil.
|
|
|
|
|
Then the EQV part of the case table is deduced from CANON.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function minibuffer-prompt takes no arguments and returns
|
|
|
|
|
the current minibuffer prompt string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new function minibuffer-prompt-width takes no arguments and
|
|
|
|
|
returns the display width of the minibuffer prompt string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function frame-first-window returns the window at the
|
|
|
|
|
upper left corner of a given frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** wholenump is a new alias for natnump.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variable installation-directory, if non-@code{nil}, names a
|
|
|
|
|
directory within which to look for the `lib-src' and `etc'
|
|
|
|
|
subdirectories. This is non-nil when Emacs can't find those
|
|
|
|
|
directories in their standard installed locations, but can find them
|
|
|
|
|
near where the Emacs executable was found.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** invocation-name and invocation-directory are now variables as well
|
|
|
|
|
as functions. The variable values are the same values that the
|
|
|
|
|
functions return: the Emacs program name sans directories, and the
|
|
|
|
|
directory it was found in. (invocation-directory may be nil, if Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
can't determine which directory it should be.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Installation change regarding version number counting.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The version number of an Emacs executable contains three numbers.
|
|
|
|
|
The first two describe the Emacs release and the third increments
|
|
|
|
|
each time you build Emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Now the file version.el contains only the first two version numbers.
|
|
|
|
|
The third component is now determined on the basis of the names of the
|
|
|
|
|
existing executable files. This means that version.el is not altered
|
|
|
|
|
by building Emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in 19.22.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The mouse click M-mouse-2 now inserts the current secondary
|
|
|
|
|
selection (from Emacs or any other X client) where you click.
|
|
|
|
|
It does not move point.
|
|
|
|
|
This command is called mouse-yank-secondary.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mouse-kill-secondary no longer has a key binding by default.
|
|
|
|
|
Clicking M-mouse-3 (mouse-secondary-save-then-kill) twice
|
|
|
|
|
may be a convenient enough way of killing the secondary selection.
|
|
|
|
|
Or perhaps there should be a keyboard binding for killing the
|
|
|
|
|
secondary selection. Any suggestions?
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New packages:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `icomplete' provides character-by-character information
|
|
|
|
|
about what you could complete if you type TAB.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `avoid' moves the mouse away from point so that it doesn't hide
|
|
|
|
|
your typing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `shadowfile' helps you update files that are supposed to be stored
|
|
|
|
|
identically in different places (perhaps on different machines).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-h p now knows about four additional keywords: data, faces, mouse,
|
|
|
|
|
and matching.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The key for starting an inferior Lisp process, in Lisp mode,
|
|
|
|
|
is now C-c C-z instead of C-c C-l.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When the VC commands ask whether to save the buffer, if you say no,
|
|
|
|
|
they signal an error. This is so that you won't operate on the wrong
|
|
|
|
|
data.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** ISO Accents mode now supports `"s' as a way of typing German sharp s.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** By default, comint buffers (including Shell mode and debuggers)
|
|
|
|
|
no longer try to scroll to keep the cursor on the bottom line.
|
|
|
|
|
This feature was added in 19.21 but did not work smoothly enough.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now handles the window manager "delete window" operation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Display of buffers with text properties is much faster now.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The feature previously announced whereby `insert' does not inherit
|
|
|
|
|
text properties from surrounding text was not fully implemented
|
|
|
|
|
before; but now it is. use `insert-and-inherit' if you wish to
|
|
|
|
|
inherit sticky properties from the surrounding text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The functions next-property-change, previous-property-change,
|
|
|
|
|
next-single-property-change, and previous-single-property-change
|
|
|
|
|
now take one additional optional argument LIMIT that is a position at
|
|
|
|
|
which to stop scanning. If scan ends without finding the property
|
|
|
|
|
change sought, these functions return the specified limit.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The value returned by previous-single-property-change and
|
|
|
|
|
previous-property-change, when they do find a change, is now one
|
|
|
|
|
greater than what it used to be. It is the position between the two
|
|
|
|
|
characters whose properties differ, which is one greater than the
|
|
|
|
|
position of the first character found (while scanning back) with
|
|
|
|
|
different properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* User editing changes in version 19.21.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** ISO Accents mode supports four additional characters:
|
|
|
|
|
A-with-ring (entered as /A), AE ligature (entered as /E),
|
|
|
|
|
and their lower-case equivalents.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* User editing changes in version 19.20.
|
|
|
|
|
(See following page for Lisp programming changes.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that some of these changes were made subsequent to the Emacs 19.20
|
|
|
|
|
editions of the Emacs manual and Emacs Lisp manual; therefore, if you
|
|
|
|
|
have those editions, do read this page.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Dragging with mouse button 1 now puts the selected region
|
|
|
|
|
in the kill ring so you can paste it into other X applications.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Double and triple clicks with button 1 now behave as in xterm,
|
|
|
|
|
selecting the word or line surrounding where you click. If you drag
|
|
|
|
|
after the last click, you can select a range of words or lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can use button 3 to extend a mouse-selected region, as in xterm.
|
|
|
|
|
This works for regions selected either by dragging Mouse-1 or by
|
|
|
|
|
multiple-clicking Mouse-1. Clicking Mouse-3 moves the end of the
|
|
|
|
|
region that is (initially) nearer to where you click.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the selection was first made by multiple-clicking Mouse-1, and thus
|
|
|
|
|
consists of entire words or lines, Mouse-3 preserves that state.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As before, clicking Mouse-3 again in the same place kills the region
|
|
|
|
|
thus selected.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The secondary selection commands, M-Mouse-1 and M-Mouse-3, have been
|
|
|
|
|
likewise modified.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now search for strings and regexps using the Edit menu bar menu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now access bookmarks using the Bookmark submenu in the File
|
|
|
|
|
menu in the menu bar.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** ISO Accents mode, a buffer-local minor mode, provides a convenient
|
|
|
|
|
way to type certain non-ASCII characters. It makes the characters `,
|
|
|
|
|
', ", ^, ~ and / serve as modifiers for the following letter. ` and '
|
|
|
|
|
add accents, " adds an umlaut or dieresis, ^ adds a circumflex, ~
|
|
|
|
|
adds a tilde, and / adds a slash to the following letter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the following character is not a letter, or cannot be modified as
|
|
|
|
|
requested, then both characters stand for themselves. If you
|
|
|
|
|
duplicate the modifier accent character, that enters the corresponding
|
|
|
|
|
ISO non-spacing accent character (thus, '' enters the ISO acute-accent
|
|
|
|
|
character). To enter a modifier character itself, type it followed by
|
|
|
|
|
a space.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This feature can be used whenever a key sequence is expected: for
|
|
|
|
|
ordinary insertion, for searching, and for certain command arguments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A few special combinations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
~c => c with cedilla
|
|
|
|
|
~d => d with stroke
|
|
|
|
|
~< => left guillemot
|
|
|
|
|
~> => right guillemot
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** iso-transl.el is a new library that replaces iso-insert.el.
|
|
|
|
|
It defines C-x 8 as an insertion prefix for the ISO characters
|
|
|
|
|
between 128 and 255, much like iso-insert, except that iso-transl
|
|
|
|
|
works even in searches and help commands--wherever a key sequence
|
|
|
|
|
is expected.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To define case-conversion for these characters for ISO 8859/1,
|
|
|
|
|
load the library iso-syntax. (This is not new.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-TAB in Text mode now runs the command ispell-complete-word
|
|
|
|
|
which performs completion using the spelling dictionary.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The spelling correction submenu now includes this command
|
|
|
|
|
and another command which completes a word fragment (that is,
|
|
|
|
|
it doesn't assume that the text to be completed starts at the
|
|
|
|
|
beginning of a word.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In incremental search, you can use M-y to yank the most recent kill
|
|
|
|
|
into the search string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function ispell-message checks the spelling of a message
|
|
|
|
|
you are about to send or post. It ignores text cited from other
|
|
|
|
|
messages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To automatically check all your outgoing messages, include the
|
|
|
|
|
following line in your .emacs file:
|
|
|
|
|
(setq news-inews-hook (setq mail-send-hook 'ispell-message))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There is now a separate minibuffer history list for the names of
|
|
|
|
|
extended commands. This history list is used by M-x when reading
|
|
|
|
|
the command name. The motivation for this is to prevent command
|
|
|
|
|
names from appearing in the history used for other minibuffer
|
|
|
|
|
arguments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that the history list for entire commands that use the minibuffer
|
|
|
|
|
is a separate feature. That history list records a command with all
|
|
|
|
|
its arguments, and you must use C-x ESC ESC to access it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can use the new command C-x v ~ VERSION RET to examine a
|
|
|
|
|
specified version of a file that is maintained with version control.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Indented Text mode, only blank lines now separate paragraphs.
|
|
|
|
|
Indented lines continue the paragraph that is in progress. This makes
|
|
|
|
|
the user option variable adaptive-fill-mode have its intended effect.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Local variable specifications in files for variables whose names end
|
|
|
|
|
in `-hook' and `-function' are now controlled by the variable
|
|
|
|
|
`enable-local-eval', just like the `eval' variable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x r j (jump-to-register) when restoring a frame configuration now
|
|
|
|
|
makes all unwanted frames (existing frames not mentioned in the
|
|
|
|
|
configuration) invisible.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to delete these unwanted frames, use a prefix argument for
|
|
|
|
|
C-x r j.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can customize the calendar to display weeks beginning on
|
|
|
|
|
Monday: set the variable `calendar-week-start-day' to 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Rmail changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you save messages to a file in Unix format while viewing a message
|
|
|
|
|
with its whole header, this now copies to the file the entire header
|
|
|
|
|
of each message copied.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Comint mode changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-e shows as much output as possible in the window.
|
|
|
|
|
C-c RET copies an old input (the one at point)
|
|
|
|
|
and places the copy after the latest prompt.
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-p and C-c C-n move through the buffer, stopping at places
|
|
|
|
|
where the subshell prompted for input.
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-h lists the input history in a `*Help*' buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There are new menu bar items for completion/input/output/signal commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Input behaviour is configurable. Variables control whether some windows
|
|
|
|
|
showing the buffer scroll to the bottom before insertion. These are
|
|
|
|
|
`comint-scroll-to-bottom-on-input' and `before-change-function'. By default,
|
|
|
|
|
insertion causes the selected window to scroll to the bottom before insertion
|
|
|
|
|
occurs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subprocess output now keeps point at the end of the buffer in each
|
|
|
|
|
window individually if point was already at the end of the buffer in
|
|
|
|
|
that window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If `comint-scroll-show-maximum-output' is non-nil (which is the
|
|
|
|
|
default), then scrolling due to arrival of output tries to place the
|
|
|
|
|
last line of text at the bottom line of the window, so as to show as
|
|
|
|
|
much useful text as possible. (This mimics the scrolling behavior of
|
|
|
|
|
many terminals.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By setting `comint-scroll-to-bottom-on-output', you can opt for having
|
|
|
|
|
point jump to the end of the buffer whenever output arrives--no matter
|
|
|
|
|
where in the buffer point was before. If the value is `this', point
|
|
|
|
|
jumps in the selected window. If the value is `all', point jumps in
|
|
|
|
|
each window that shows the comint buffer. If the value is `other',
|
|
|
|
|
point jumps in all nonselected windows that show the current buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
The default value is nil, which means point does not jump to the end.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Input history insertion is configurable. A variable controls whether only the
|
|
|
|
|
first instance of successive identical inputs is stored in the input history.
|
|
|
|
|
This is `comint-input-ignoredups'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Completion (bound to TAB) is now more general. Depending on context,
|
|
|
|
|
completion now operates on the input history, on command names, or (as
|
|
|
|
|
before) on filenames.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Filename completion is configurable. Variables control whether
|
|
|
|
|
file/directory suffix characters are added (`comint-completion-addsuffix'),
|
|
|
|
|
whether shortest completion is acceptable when no further unambiguous
|
|
|
|
|
completion is possible (`comint-completion-recexact'), and the timing of
|
|
|
|
|
completion candidate listing (`comint-completion-autolist').
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comint mode now provides history expansion. Insert input using `!'
|
|
|
|
|
and `^', in the same syntax that typical shells use; then type TAB.
|
|
|
|
|
This searches the comint input history for a matching element,
|
|
|
|
|
performs substitution if necessary, and places the result in the
|
|
|
|
|
comint buffer in place of the original input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
History references in the input may be expanded before insertion into
|
|
|
|
|
the input ring, or on input to the interpreter (and therefore
|
|
|
|
|
visibly). The variable `comint-input-autoexpand' specifies which.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can make the SPC key perform history expansion by binding
|
|
|
|
|
SPC to the command `comint-magic-space'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The command `comint-dynamic-complete-variable' does variable name
|
|
|
|
|
completion using the environment variables as set within Emacs. The
|
|
|
|
|
variables controlling filename completion apply to variable name
|
|
|
|
|
completion too. This command is normally available through the menu
|
|
|
|
|
bar.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Shell mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paragraph motion and marking commands (default bindings M-{, M-}, M-h) operate
|
|
|
|
|
on output groups (i.e., shell prompt plus associated shell output).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAB now completes commands, as well as file names and expand history.
|
|
|
|
|
Commands are searched for along the path that Emacs has on startup.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-f now moves forward a command (`shell-forward-command') and
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-b now moves backward a command (`shell-backward-command').
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Command completion is configurable. The variables controlling
|
|
|
|
|
filename completion in comint mode apply, together with a variable
|
|
|
|
|
controlling whether to restrict possible completions to only files
|
|
|
|
|
that are executable (`shell-command-execonly').
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The input history is initialised from the file name given in the
|
|
|
|
|
variable `shell-input-ring-file-name'--normally `.history' in your
|
|
|
|
|
home directory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directory tracking is more robust. It can cope with command sequences
|
|
|
|
|
and forked commands, and can detect the failure of directory changing
|
|
|
|
|
commands in most circumstances. It's still not infallible, of course.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can now configure the behaviour of `pushd'. Variables control
|
|
|
|
|
whether `pushd' behaves like `cd' if no argument is given
|
|
|
|
|
(`shell-pushd-tohome'), pop rather than rotate with a numeric argument
|
|
|
|
|
(`shell-pushd-dextract'), and only add directories to the directory
|
|
|
|
|
stack if they are not already on it (`shell-pushd-dunique'). The
|
|
|
|
|
configuration you choose should match the underlying shell, of course.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Emacs Lisp programming changes in Emacs 19.20.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** A new function `remove-hook' is now used to remove a hook that you might
|
|
|
|
|
have added with `add-hook'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There is now a Lisp pretty-printer in the library `pp'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The partial Common Lisp support has been entirely reimplemented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When you insert text using `insert', `insert-before-markers' or
|
|
|
|
|
`insert-buffer-substring', text properties are no longer inherited
|
|
|
|
|
from the surrounding text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you want to inherit text properties, use the new functions
|
|
|
|
|
`insert-and-inherit' or `insert-before-markers-and-inherit'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The self-inserting character command does do inheritance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Frame creation hooks.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function make-frame now runs the normal hooks
|
|
|
|
|
before-make-frame-hook and after-make-frame-hook.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now use function-key-map to make a key an alias for other
|
|
|
|
|
key sequences that can vary depending on circumstances. To do this,
|
|
|
|
|
give the key a definition in function-key-map which is a function
|
|
|
|
|
rather than a specific expansion key sequence.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the function reads input itself, it can have the effect of altering
|
|
|
|
|
the event that follows. For example, here's how to define C-c h to
|
|
|
|
|
turn the character that follows into a hyper character:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(define-key function-key-map "\C-ch" 'hyperify)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defun hyperify (prompt)
|
|
|
|
|
(let ((e (read-event)))
|
|
|
|
|
(vector (if (numberp e)
|
|
|
|
|
(logior (lsh 1 20) e)
|
|
|
|
|
(if (memq 'hyper (event-modifiers e))
|
|
|
|
|
e
|
|
|
|
|
(add-event-modifier "H-" e))))))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defun add-event-modifier (string e)
|
|
|
|
|
(let ((symbol (if (symbolp e) e (car e))))
|
|
|
|
|
(setq symbol (intern (concat string (symbol-name symbol))))
|
|
|
|
|
(if (symbolp e)
|
|
|
|
|
symbol
|
|
|
|
|
(cons symbol (cdr e)))))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The character translation function gets one argument, which is the
|
|
|
|
|
prompt that was specified in read-key-sequence--or nil if the key
|
|
|
|
|
sequence is being read by the editor command loop. In most cases
|
|
|
|
|
you can just ignore the prompt value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes for reading and writing text properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New low-level Lisp features make it possible to write Lisp programs to
|
|
|
|
|
save text properties in files, and read text properties from files.
|
|
|
|
|
You can program any file format you like.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `write-region-annotation-functions' should contain a list
|
|
|
|
|
of functions to be run by `write-region' to encode text properties in
|
|
|
|
|
some fashion as annotations to the text that is written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each function in the list is called with two arguments: the start and
|
|
|
|
|
end of the region to be written. These functions should not alter the
|
|
|
|
|
contents of the buffer. Instead, they should return lists indicating
|
|
|
|
|
annotations to write in the file in addition to the text in the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each function should return a list of elements of the form (POSITION
|
|
|
|
|
. STRING), where POSITION is an integer specifying the relative
|
|
|
|
|
position in the text to be written, and STRING is the annotation to
|
|
|
|
|
add there.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each list returned by one of these functions must be already sorted in
|
|
|
|
|
increasing order by POSITION. If there is more than one function,
|
|
|
|
|
`write-region' merges the lists destructively into one sorted list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When `write-region' actually writes the text from the buffer to the
|
|
|
|
|
file, it intermixes the specified annotations at the corresponding
|
|
|
|
|
positions. All this takes place without modifying the buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `after-insert-file-functions' should contain a list of
|
|
|
|
|
functions to be run each time a file's contents have been inserted into
|
|
|
|
|
a buffer. Each function receives one argument, the length of the
|
|
|
|
|
inserted text; point indicates the start of that text. The function
|
|
|
|
|
should make whatever changes it wants to make, then return the updated
|
|
|
|
|
length of the inserted text, as it stands after those changes. The
|
|
|
|
|
value returned by one function is used as the argument to the next.
|
|
|
|
|
These functions should always return with point at the beginning of
|
|
|
|
|
the inserted text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The intended use of `after-insert-file-functions' is for converting
|
|
|
|
|
some sort of textual annotations into actual text properties. But many
|
|
|
|
|
other uses may be possible.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We now invite users to begin implementing Lisp programs to store and
|
|
|
|
|
retrieve text properties in files, using these new primitive features,
|
|
|
|
|
and thus to experiment with various data formats and find good ones.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We suggest not trying to handle arbitrary Lisp objects as property
|
|
|
|
|
names or property values--because a program that general is probably
|
|
|
|
|
difficult to write, and slow. Instead, choose a set of possible data
|
|
|
|
|
types that are reasonably flexible, and not too hard to encode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Comint completion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currently comint-dynamic-complete-command (and associated variable
|
|
|
|
|
comint-after-partial-pathname-command) are set by default to complete a
|
|
|
|
|
filename. Other comint-mode users should have their own functions to achieve
|
|
|
|
|
this. For example, gud-mode could complete debugger commands. A completion
|
|
|
|
|
function is provided solely for this reason (comint-dynamic-simple-complete).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comint-mode users should bind comint-dynamic-complete (shell-mode does
|
|
|
|
|
already).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Comint history reference expansion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currently comint-input-autoexpand is 'history, which means only expand
|
|
|
|
|
history on insertion to comint-input-ring. For non-shell modes, this is
|
|
|
|
|
a strange default, since non-shells will not understand history references.
|
|
|
|
|
Perhaps it would be better for the variable to be 'input, which means expand
|
|
|
|
|
on RET.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The value 'history might possibly be wrong even for shells, since the
|
|
|
|
|
expansion will be done both by comint and the underlying shell (except sh, of
|
|
|
|
|
course). It would be better for expansion to be done by one or the other,
|
|
|
|
|
not both since they may (ahem) disagree. Since it is silly to put a literal
|
|
|
|
|
history reference into comint-input-ring, perhaps it would be better for the
|
|
|
|
|
variable to be 'input too.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The reason the variable is not 'input by default is that I was attempting to
|
|
|
|
|
adhere to The Principle of Least Astonishment. I didn't want to shock users
|
|
|
|
|
by having their input change in front of their eyes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Argument delimiters and Comint mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currently comint-delimiter-argument-list is '(), which means no strings are
|
|
|
|
|
to be treated as delimiters and arguments. In shell-mode, this variable is
|
|
|
|
|
set to shell-delimiter-argument-list, '("|" "&" "<" ">" "(" ")" ";"). Other
|
|
|
|
|
comint-mode users should set this variable too. For example, a lisp-type
|
|
|
|
|
mode might want to set this to '("." "(" ")") or some such.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Comint output hook.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There is now a hook, comint-output-filter-hook, that is run-hooks'ed by the
|
|
|
|
|
output filter, comint-output-filter. This is useful for scrolling (see
|
|
|
|
|
below), but also things like processing output for specific text, output
|
|
|
|
|
highlighting, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
So that such output processing may be done efficiently, there is a new
|
|
|
|
|
variable, comint-last-output-start, that records the position of the start of
|
|
|
|
|
the lastest output inserted into the buffer (effectively the previous value
|
|
|
|
|
of process-mark). Output processing functions should process the text
|
|
|
|
|
between comint-last-output-start (or perhaps the beginning of the line that
|
|
|
|
|
the position lies on) and process-mark.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Comint scrolling.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There is now automatic scrolling of process windows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currently comint-scroll-show-maximum-output is t, which means when scrolling
|
|
|
|
|
output put process-mark at the bottom of the window. There is a good case
|
|
|
|
|
for it to be t, since the user is likely to want to see as much output as
|
|
|
|
|
possible. But, then again, there is a comint-show-maximum-output command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Comint history retrieval.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The input following point is not deleted when moving around the input history
|
|
|
|
|
(with M-p etc.). Emacs maintainers may not like this. However, I feel this
|
|
|
|
|
is a useful feature. The simple remedy is to put end-of-line in before
|
|
|
|
|
delete-region in comint-previous-matching-input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The input history retrieval commands still wrap-around the input ring, unlike
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs command history.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in version 19.19.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new package bookmark.el records named bookmarks: positions that
|
|
|
|
|
you can jump to. Bookmarks are saved automatically between Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
sessions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Another simpler package saveplace.el records your position in each
|
|
|
|
|
file when you kill its buffer (or kill Emacs), and jumps to the same
|
|
|
|
|
position when you visit the file again (even in another Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
session). Use `toggle-save-place' to turn on place-saving in a given file;
|
|
|
|
|
use (setq-default save-place t) to turn it on for all files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Outline mode, you can now customize how to compute the level of a
|
|
|
|
|
heading line. Set `outline-level' to a function of no arguments which
|
|
|
|
|
returns the level, assuming point is at the beginning of a heading
|
|
|
|
|
line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now specify the prefix key to use for Outline minor mode.
|
|
|
|
|
(The default is C-c.) Set the variable outline-minor-mode-prefix to
|
|
|
|
|
the key sequence you want to use (as a string or vector).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Bibtex mode, C-c e has been changed to C-c C-b. This is because
|
|
|
|
|
C-c followed by a letter is reserved for users.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The `mod' function is no longer an alias for `%', but is a separate function
|
|
|
|
|
that yields a result with the same sign as the divisor. `floor' now takes an
|
|
|
|
|
optional second argument, which divides the first argument before the floor is
|
|
|
|
|
taken.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** `%' no longer allows floating point arguments, since the results were often
|
|
|
|
|
inconsistent with integer `%'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in version 19.18.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Typing C-z in an iconified Emacs frame now deiconifies it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** hilit19 is a new library for automatic highlighting of parts of the
|
|
|
|
|
text in the buffer, based on its meaning and context.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Killing no longer sends the killed text to the X clipboard.
|
|
|
|
|
And large strings are not put in the cut buffer either.
|
|
|
|
|
The variable x-cut-buffer-max specifies the maximum number of characters
|
|
|
|
|
to put in the cut buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new command C-x 5 o (other-frame) selects different frames,
|
|
|
|
|
successively, in cyclic order. It does for frames what C-x o
|
|
|
|
|
does for windows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The command M-ESC (eval-expression) has its own command history.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The commands M-! and M-| for running shell commands have their own
|
|
|
|
|
command history.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If the directory containing the Emacs executable has a sibling named
|
|
|
|
|
`lisp', that `lisp' directory is added to the end of `load-path'
|
|
|
|
|
(provided you don't override the normal value with the EMACSLOADPATH
|
|
|
|
|
environment variable). This feature may make it easier to move
|
|
|
|
|
an installed Emacs from place to place.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x validate-tex-buffer now records the locations of mismatches
|
|
|
|
|
found in the `*Occur*' buffer. You can go to that buffer and type C-c
|
|
|
|
|
C-c to visit a particular mismatch.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There are new commands in Shell mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-n and C-c C-p move point to the next or previous shell input line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-d is now another way to send an end-of-file to the subshell.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes to calendar/diary.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Time zone data is now determined automatically, including the
|
|
|
|
|
start/stop days and times of daylight savings time. The code now
|
|
|
|
|
works correctly almost anywhere in the world.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The format of the holiday specifications has changed and IS NO LONGER
|
|
|
|
|
COMPATIBLE with the old (version 18) format. See the documentation of
|
|
|
|
|
the variable calendar-holidays for details of the new, improved
|
|
|
|
|
format.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The hook `diary-display-hook' has been split into two:
|
|
|
|
|
diary-display-hook which should be used ONLY for the display and
|
|
|
|
|
`diary-hook' which should be used for appointment notification. If
|
|
|
|
|
diary-display-hook is nil (the default), simple-diary-display is
|
|
|
|
|
used. This allows the diary hooks to be correctly set with add-hook.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The forms used for dates in diary entries and general display are no
|
|
|
|
|
longer autoloaded, but set at load time; this means they will be set
|
|
|
|
|
correctly based on values you assign to various variables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The functions x-rebind-key and x-rebind-keys have been deleted,
|
|
|
|
|
because you can accomplish the same job by binding keys to keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
macros.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now distinguishes double and triple drag events and double and
|
|
|
|
|
triple button-down events. These work analogously to double and
|
|
|
|
|
triple click events.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Double drag events, if not defined, convert to ordinary click events.
|
|
|
|
|
Double down events, if not defined, convert first to ordinary down
|
|
|
|
|
events, which are then discarded if not defined. Triple events that
|
|
|
|
|
are not defined convert to the corresponding double event; if that is
|
|
|
|
|
also not defined, it may convert further.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function event-click-count returns the number of clicks,
|
|
|
|
|
from an event which is a list. It is 1 for an ordinary click, drag,
|
|
|
|
|
or button-down event, 2 for a double event, and 3 or more for a triple
|
|
|
|
|
event.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function previous-frame is like next-frame, but moves
|
|
|
|
|
around through the set of existing frames in the opposite order.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The post-command-hook now runs even after commands that get an error
|
|
|
|
|
and return to top level. As a consequence of the same change, this
|
|
|
|
|
hook also runs before Emacs reads the first command. That might sound
|
|
|
|
|
paradoxical, as if this hook were the same as the pre-command-hook.
|
|
|
|
|
Actually, they are not similar; the latter runs before *execution* of
|
|
|
|
|
a command, but after it has been read.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can turn off the text property hooks that run when point moves
|
|
|
|
|
to certain places in the buffer, by binding inhibit-point-motion-hooks
|
|
|
|
|
to a non-nil value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Inserting a string with no text properties into the buffer normally
|
|
|
|
|
inherits the properties of the preceding character. You can now
|
|
|
|
|
control this inheritance by setting the front-sticky and
|
|
|
|
|
rear-nonsticky properties of a character.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you make a character's front-sticky property t, then insertion
|
|
|
|
|
before the character inherits its properties. If you make the
|
|
|
|
|
rear-nonsticky property t, then insertion after the character does not
|
|
|
|
|
inherit its properties. You can regard characters as normally being
|
|
|
|
|
rear-sticky and not front-sticky, and this is why insertion normally
|
|
|
|
|
inherits from the previous character.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If neither side of an insertion is suitably sticky, then the inserted
|
|
|
|
|
text gets no properties. If both sides are sticky, then the inserted
|
|
|
|
|
text gets the properties of both sides, with the previous character's
|
|
|
|
|
properties taking precedence when both sides have a property in
|
|
|
|
|
common.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can also specify stickiness for individual properties. To do so,
|
|
|
|
|
use a list of property names as the value of the front-sticky property
|
|
|
|
|
or the rear-nonsticky property. For example, if a character has a
|
|
|
|
|
rear-nonsticky property whose value is (face read-only), then
|
|
|
|
|
insertion after the character will not inherit its face property or
|
|
|
|
|
read-only property (if any), but will inherit any other properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The merging of properties when both sides of the insertion are sticky
|
|
|
|
|
takes place one property at a time. If the preceding character is
|
|
|
|
|
rear-sticky for the property, and the property is non-nil, it
|
|
|
|
|
dominates. Otherwise, the following character's property value is
|
|
|
|
|
used if it is front-sticky for that property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you give a character a non-nil `invisible' text property, the
|
|
|
|
|
character does not appear on the screen. This works much like
|
|
|
|
|
selective display.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The details of this feature are likely to change in future Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
versions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Info, when you go to a node, it runs the normal hook
|
|
|
|
|
Info-selection-hook.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can use the new function `invocation-directory' to get the name
|
|
|
|
|
of the directory containing the Emacs executable that was run.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Entry to the minibuffer runs the normal hook minibuffer-setup-hook.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function minibuffer-window-active-p takes one argument, a
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer window, and returns t if the window is currently active.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in version 19.17.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When Emacs displays a list of completions in a buffer,
|
|
|
|
|
you can select a completion by clicking mouse button 2
|
|
|
|
|
on that completion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Use the command `list-faces-display' to display a list of
|
|
|
|
|
all the currently defined faces, showing what they look like.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Menu bar items from local maps now come after the usual items.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The Help menu bar item always comes last in the menu bar.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you enable Font-Lock mode on a buffer containing a program
|
|
|
|
|
(certain languages such as C and Lisp are supported), everything you
|
|
|
|
|
type is automatically given a face property appropriate to its
|
|
|
|
|
syntactic role. For example, there are faces for comments, string
|
|
|
|
|
constants, names of functions being defined, and so on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Dunnet, an adventure game, is now available.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Several major modes now have their own menu bar items,
|
|
|
|
|
including Dired, Rmail, and Sendmail. We would like to add
|
|
|
|
|
suitable menu bar items to other major modes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The key binding C-x a C-h has been eliminated.
|
|
|
|
|
This is because it got in the way of the general feature of typing
|
|
|
|
|
C-h after a prefix character. If you want to run
|
|
|
|
|
inverse-add-global-abbrev, you can use C-x a - or C-x a i g instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you set the variable `rmail-mail-new-frame' to a non-nil value,
|
|
|
|
|
all the Rmail commands to send mail make a new frame to do it in.
|
|
|
|
|
When you send the message, or use the menu bar command not to send it,
|
|
|
|
|
that frame is deleted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Rmail, the o and C-o commands are now almost interchangeable.
|
|
|
|
|
Both commands check the format of the file you specify, and append
|
|
|
|
|
the message to it in Rmail format if it is an Rmail file, and in
|
|
|
|
|
inbox file format otherwise. C-o and o are different only when you
|
|
|
|
|
specify a new file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function `copy-face' now takes an optional fourth argument
|
|
|
|
|
NEW-FRAME. If you specify this, it copies the definition of face
|
|
|
|
|
OLD-FACE on frame FRAME to face NEW-NAME on frame NEW-FRAME.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** A local map can now cancel out one of the global map's menu items.
|
|
|
|
|
Just define that subcommand of the menu item with `undefined'
|
|
|
|
|
as the definition. For example, this cancels out the `Buffers' item
|
|
|
|
|
for the current major mode:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(local-set-key [menu-bar buffer] 'undefined)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** To put global items at the end of the menu bar, use the new variable
|
|
|
|
|
`menu-bar-final-items'. It should be a list of symbols--event types
|
|
|
|
|
bound in the menu bar. The menu bar items for these symbols are
|
|
|
|
|
moved to the end.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The list returned by `buffer-local-variables' now contains cons-cell
|
|
|
|
|
elements of the form (SYMBOL . VALUE) only for buffer-local variables
|
|
|
|
|
that have values. For unbound buffer-local variables, the variable
|
|
|
|
|
name (symbol) appears directly as an element of the list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The `modification-hooks' property of a character no longer affects
|
|
|
|
|
insertion; it runs only for deletion and modification of the character.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To detect insertion, use `insert-in-front-hooks' and
|
|
|
|
|
`insert-behind-hooks' properties. The former runs when text is
|
|
|
|
|
inserted immediately preceding the character that has the property;
|
|
|
|
|
the latter runs when text is inserted immediately following the
|
|
|
|
|
character.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Buffer modification now runs hooks belonging to overlays as well as
|
|
|
|
|
hooks belonging to characters. If an overlay has a
|
|
|
|
|
`modification-hooks' property, it applies to any change to text in the
|
|
|
|
|
overlay, and any insertion within the overlay. If the overlay has a
|
|
|
|
|
`insert-in-front-hooks' property, it runs for insertion at the
|
|
|
|
|
beginning boundary of the overlay. If the overlay has an
|
|
|
|
|
`insert-behind-hooks' property, it runs for insertion at the end
|
|
|
|
|
boundary of the overlay.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The values of these properties should be lists of functions. Each
|
|
|
|
|
function is called, receiving as arguments the overlay in question,
|
|
|
|
|
followed by the bounds of the range being modified.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new `-name NAME' option directs Emacs to search for its X
|
|
|
|
|
resources using the name `NAME', and sets the title of the initial
|
|
|
|
|
frame. This argument was added for consistency with other X clients.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new `-xrm DATABASE' option tells Emacs to treat the string
|
|
|
|
|
DATABASE as the text of an X resource database. Emacs searches
|
|
|
|
|
DATABASE for resource values, in addition to the usual places. This
|
|
|
|
|
argument was added for consistency with other X clients.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now searches for X resources in the files specified by the
|
|
|
|
|
XFILESEARCHPATH, XUSERFILESEARCHPATH, and XAPPLRESDIR environment
|
|
|
|
|
variables, emulating the functionality provided by programs written
|
|
|
|
|
using Xt. Because of this change, Emacs will now notice system-wide
|
|
|
|
|
application defaults files, as other X clients do.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XFILESEARCHPATH and XUSERFILESEARCHPATH should be a list of file names
|
|
|
|
|
separated by colons; XAPPLRESDIR should be a list of directory names
|
|
|
|
|
separated by colons.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs searches for X resources
|
|
|
|
|
+ specified on the command line, with the `-xrm RESOURCESTRING'
|
|
|
|
|
option,
|
|
|
|
|
+ then in the value of the XENVIRONMENT environment variable,
|
|
|
|
|
- or if that is unset, in the file named ~/.Xdefaults-HOSTNAME if it exists
|
|
|
|
|
(where HOSTNAME is the hostname of the machine Emacs is running on),
|
|
|
|
|
+ then in the screen-specific and server-wide resource properties
|
|
|
|
|
provided by the server,
|
|
|
|
|
- or if those properties are unset, in the file named ~/.Xdefaults
|
|
|
|
|
if it exists,
|
|
|
|
|
+ then in the files listed in XUSERFILESEARCHPATH,
|
|
|
|
|
- or in files named LANG/Emacs in directories listed in XAPPLRESDIR
|
|
|
|
|
(where LANG is the value of the LANG environment variable), if
|
|
|
|
|
the LANG environment variable is set,
|
|
|
|
|
- or in files named Emacs in the directories listed in XAPPLRESDIR
|
|
|
|
|
- or in ~/LANG/Emacs (if the LANG environment variable is set),
|
|
|
|
|
- or in ~/Emacs,
|
|
|
|
|
+ then in the files listed in XFILESEARCHPATH.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The paths in the variables XFILESEARCHPATH, XUSERFILESEARCHPATH, and
|
|
|
|
|
XAPPLRESDIR may contain %-escapes (like the control strings passed to
|
|
|
|
|
the the Emacs lisp `format' function or C printf function), which
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs expands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%N is replaced by the string "Emacs" wherever it occurs.
|
|
|
|
|
%T is replaced by "app-defaults" wherever it occurs.
|
|
|
|
|
%S is replaced by the empty string wherever it occurs.
|
|
|
|
|
%L and %l are replaced by the value of the LANG environment variable; if LANG
|
|
|
|
|
is not set, Emacs does not use that directory or file name at all.
|
|
|
|
|
%C is replaced by the value of the resource named "customization"
|
|
|
|
|
(class "Customization"), as retrieved from the server's resource
|
|
|
|
|
properties or the user's ~/.Xdefaults file, or the empty string if
|
|
|
|
|
that resource doesn't exist.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
So, for example,
|
|
|
|
|
if XFILESEARCHPATH is set to the value
|
|
|
|
|
"/usr/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%C:/usr/lib/X11/%T/%N%C:/usr/lib/X11/%T/%N",
|
|
|
|
|
and the LANG environment variable is set to
|
|
|
|
|
"english",
|
|
|
|
|
and the customization resource is the string
|
|
|
|
|
"-color",
|
|
|
|
|
then, in the last step of the process described above, Emacs checks
|
|
|
|
|
for resources in the first of the following files that is present and
|
|
|
|
|
readable:
|
|
|
|
|
/usr/lib/X11/english/app-defaults/Emacs-color
|
|
|
|
|
/usr/lib/X11/app-defaults/Emacs-color
|
|
|
|
|
/usr/lib/X11/app-defaults/Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
If the LANG environment variable is not set, then Emacs never uses the
|
|
|
|
|
first element of the path, "/usr/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%C", because it
|
|
|
|
|
contains the %L escape.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If XFILESEARCHPATH is unset, Emacs uses the default value
|
|
|
|
|
"/usr/lib/X11/%L/app-defaults/Emacs%C:\
|
|
|
|
|
/usr/lib/X11/app-defaults/Emacs%C:\
|
|
|
|
|
/usr/lib/X11/%L/app-defaults/Emacs:\
|
|
|
|
|
/usr/lib/X11/app-defaults/Emacs"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This feature was added for consistency with other X applications.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function `text-property-any' scans the region of text from
|
|
|
|
|
START to END to see if any character's property PROP is `eq' to
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE. If so, it returns the position of the first such character.
|
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, it returns nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The optional fifth argument, OBJECT, specifies the string or buffer to
|
|
|
|
|
be examined.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function `text-property-not-all' scans the region of text from
|
|
|
|
|
START to END to see if any character's property PROP is not `eq' to
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE. If so, it returns the position of the first such character.
|
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, it returns nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The optional fifth argument, OBJECT, specifies the string or buffer to
|
|
|
|
|
be examined.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function `delete-windows-on' now takes an optional second
|
|
|
|
|
argument FRAME, which specifies which frames it should affect.
|
|
|
|
|
+ If FRAME is nil or omitted, then `delete-windows-on' deletes windows
|
|
|
|
|
showing BUFFER (its first argument) on all frames.
|
|
|
|
|
+ If FRAME is t, then `delete-windows-on' only deletes windows on the
|
|
|
|
|
selected frame; other frames are unaffected.
|
|
|
|
|
+ If FRAME is a frame, then `delete-windows-on' only deletes windows on
|
|
|
|
|
the given frame; other frames are unaffected.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in version 19.16.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When dragging the mouse to select a region, Emacs now highlights the
|
|
|
|
|
region as you drag (if Transient Mark mode is enabled). If you
|
|
|
|
|
continue the drag beyond the boundaries of the window, Emacs scrolls
|
|
|
|
|
the window at a steady rate until you either move the mouse back into
|
|
|
|
|
the window or release the button.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** RET now exits `query-replace' and `query-replace-regexp'; this makes it
|
|
|
|
|
more consistent with the incremental search facility, which uses RET
|
|
|
|
|
to end the search.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In C mode, C-c C-u now runs c-up-conditional.
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-n and C-c C-p now run new commands that move forward
|
|
|
|
|
and back over balanced sets of C conditionals (c-forward-conditional
|
|
|
|
|
and c-backward-conditional).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The Edit entry in the menu bar has a new alternative:
|
|
|
|
|
"Choose Next Paste". It gives you a menu showing the various
|
|
|
|
|
strings in the kill ring; click on one to select it as the text
|
|
|
|
|
to be yanked ("pasted") the next time you yank.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you enable Transient Mark mode and set `mark-even-if-inactive' to
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil, then the region is highlighted in a transient fashion just as
|
|
|
|
|
normally in Transient Mark mode, but the mark really remains active
|
|
|
|
|
all the time; commands that use the region can be used even if the
|
|
|
|
|
region highlighting turns off.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you type C-h after a prefix key, it displays the bindings
|
|
|
|
|
that start with that prefix.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The VC package now searches for version control commands in the
|
|
|
|
|
directories named by the variable `vc-path'; its value should be a
|
|
|
|
|
list of strings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you are visiting a file that has locks registered under RCS,
|
|
|
|
|
VC now displays each lock's owner and version number in the mode line
|
|
|
|
|
after the string `RCS'. If there are no locks, VC displays the head
|
|
|
|
|
version number.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When using X, if you load the `paren' library, Emacs automatically
|
|
|
|
|
underlines or highlights the matching paren whenever point is
|
|
|
|
|
next to the outside of a paren. When point is before an open-paren,
|
|
|
|
|
this shows the matching close; when point is after a close-paren,
|
|
|
|
|
this shows the matching open.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function `define-key-after' is like `define-key',
|
|
|
|
|
but takes an extra argument AFTER. It places the newly defined
|
|
|
|
|
binding after the binding for the event AFTER.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** `accessible-keymaps' now takes an optional second argument, PREFIX.
|
|
|
|
|
If PREFIX is non-nil, it means the value should include only maps for
|
|
|
|
|
keys that start with PREFIX.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`describe-bindings' also accepts an optional argument PREFIX which
|
|
|
|
|
means to describe only the keys that start with PREFIX.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variable `prefix-help-command' hold a command to run to display help
|
|
|
|
|
whenever the character `help-char' follows a prefix key and does not have
|
|
|
|
|
a key binding in that context.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now detects double- and triple-mouse clicks. A single mouse
|
|
|
|
|
click produces a pair events of the form:
|
|
|
|
|
(down-mouse-N POSITION)
|
|
|
|
|
(mouse-N POSITION)
|
|
|
|
|
Clicking the same mouse button again, soon thereafter and at the same
|
|
|
|
|
location, produces another pair of events of the form:
|
|
|
|
|
(down-mouse-N POSITION)
|
|
|
|
|
(double-mouse-N POSITION 2)
|
|
|
|
|
Another click will produce an event pair of the form:
|
|
|
|
|
(down-mouse-N POSITION)
|
|
|
|
|
(triple-mouse-N POSITION 3)
|
|
|
|
|
All the POSITIONs in such a sequence would be identical, except for
|
|
|
|
|
their timestamps.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To count as double- and triple-clicks, mouse clicks must be at the
|
|
|
|
|
same location as the first click, and the number of milliseconds
|
|
|
|
|
between the first release and the second must be less than the value
|
|
|
|
|
of the lisp variable `double-click-time'. Setting `double-click-time'
|
|
|
|
|
to nil disables multi-click detection. Setting it to t removes the
|
|
|
|
|
time limit; Emacs then detects multi-clicks by position only.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If `read-key-sequence' finds no binding for a double-click event, but
|
|
|
|
|
the corresponding single-click event would be bound,
|
|
|
|
|
`read-key-sequence' demotes it to a single-click. Similarly, it
|
|
|
|
|
demotes unbound triple-clicks to double- or single-clicks. This means
|
|
|
|
|
you don't have to distinguish between single- and multi-clicks if you
|
|
|
|
|
don't want to.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs reports all clicks after the third as `triple-mouse-N' clicks,
|
|
|
|
|
but increments the click count after POSITION. For example, a fourth
|
|
|
|
|
click, soon after the third and at the same location, produces a pair
|
|
|
|
|
of events of the form:
|
|
|
|
|
(down-mouse-N POSITION)
|
|
|
|
|
(triple-mouse-N POSITION 4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The way Emacs reports positions of mouse events has changed
|
|
|
|
|
slightly. If a mouse event includes a position list of the form:
|
|
|
|
|
(WINDOW (PLACE-SYMBOL) (COLUMN . ROW) TIMESTAMP)
|
|
|
|
|
this denotes exactly the same position as the list:
|
|
|
|
|
(WINDOW PLACE-SYMBOL (COLUMN . ROW) TIMESTAMP)
|
|
|
|
|
That is, the event occurred over a non-textual area of the frame,
|
|
|
|
|
specified by PLACE-SYMBOL, a symbol like `mode-line' or
|
|
|
|
|
`vertical-scroll-bar'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enclosing PLACE-SYMBOL in a singleton list does not change the
|
|
|
|
|
position denoted, but the `read-key-sequence' function uses the
|
|
|
|
|
presence or absence of the singleton list to tell whether or not it
|
|
|
|
|
should prefix the event with its place symbol.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normally, `read-key-sequence' prefixes mouse events occurring over
|
|
|
|
|
non-textual areas with their PLACE-SYMBOLs, to select the sub-keymap
|
|
|
|
|
appropriate for the event; for example, clicking on the mode line
|
|
|
|
|
produces a sequence like
|
|
|
|
|
[mode-line (mouse-1 POSN)]
|
|
|
|
|
However, if lisp code elects to unread the resulting key sequence by
|
|
|
|
|
placing it in the `unread-command-events' variable, it is important
|
|
|
|
|
that `read-key-sequence' not insert the prefix symbol again; that
|
|
|
|
|
would produce a malformed key sequence like
|
|
|
|
|
[mode-line mode-line (mouse-1 POSN)]
|
|
|
|
|
For this reason, `read-key-sequence' encloses the event's PLACE-SYMBOL
|
|
|
|
|
in a singleton list when it first inserts the prefix, but doesn't
|
|
|
|
|
insert the prefix when processing events whose PLACE-SYMBOLs are
|
|
|
|
|
already thus enclosed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in version 19.15.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** `make-frame-visible', which uniconified frames, is now a command,
|
|
|
|
|
and thus may be bound to a key. This makes sense because frames
|
|
|
|
|
respond to user input while iconified.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now use Meta mouse clicks to set and use the "secondary
|
|
|
|
|
selection". You can drag M-Mouse-1 across the region you want to
|
|
|
|
|
select. Or you can press M-Mouse-1 at one end and M-Mouse-3 at the
|
|
|
|
|
other (this also copies the text to the kill ring). Repeating M-Mouse-3
|
|
|
|
|
again at the same place kills that text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M-Mouse-2 kills the secondary selection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting the secondary selection does not move point or the mark. It
|
|
|
|
|
is possible to make a secondary selection that does not all fit on the
|
|
|
|
|
screen, by using M-Mouse-1 at one end, scrolling, then using M-Mouse-3
|
|
|
|
|
at the other end.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs has only one secondary selection at any time. Starting to set
|
|
|
|
|
a new one cancels any previous one. The secondary selection displays
|
|
|
|
|
using a face named `secondary-selection'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There's a new way to request use of Supercite (sc.el). Do this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(add-hook 'mail-citation-hook 'sc-cite-original)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currently this works with Rmail. In the future, other Emacs based
|
|
|
|
|
mail-readers should be modified to understand this hook also.
|
|
|
|
|
In the mean time, you should keep doing what you have done in the past
|
|
|
|
|
for those other mail readers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When a regular expression contains `\(...\)' inside a repetition
|
|
|
|
|
operator such as `*' or `+', and you ask about the range that was matched
|
|
|
|
|
using `match-beginning' and `match-end', the range you get corresponds
|
|
|
|
|
to the *last* repetition *only*. In Emacs 18, you would get a range
|
|
|
|
|
corresponding to all the repetitions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to get a range corresponding to all the repetitions,
|
|
|
|
|
put a `\(...\)' grouping *outside* the repetition operator. This
|
|
|
|
|
is the syntax that corresponds logically to the desired result, and
|
|
|
|
|
it works the same in Emacs 18 and Emacs 19.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(This change actually took place earlier, but we didn't know about it
|
|
|
|
|
and thus didn't document it.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in version 19.14.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** To modify read-only text, bind the variable `inhibit-read-only'
|
|
|
|
|
to a non-nil value. If the value is t, then all reasons that might
|
|
|
|
|
make text read-only are inhibited (including `read-only' text properties).
|
|
|
|
|
If the value is a list, then a `read-only' property is inhibited
|
|
|
|
|
if it is `memq' in the list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you call `get-buffer-window' passing t as its second argument, it
|
|
|
|
|
will only search for windows on visible frames. Previously, passing t
|
|
|
|
|
as the secord argument caused `get-buffer-window' to search all
|
|
|
|
|
frames, visible or not.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you call `other-buffer' with a nil or omitted second argument, it
|
|
|
|
|
will ignore buffers displayed windows on any visible frame, not just
|
|
|
|
|
the selected frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can specify a window or a frame for C-x # to use when
|
|
|
|
|
selects a server buffer. Set the variable server-window
|
|
|
|
|
to the window or frame that you want.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The command M-( now inserts spaces outside the open-parentheses in
|
|
|
|
|
some cases--depending on the syntax classes of the surrounding
|
|
|
|
|
characters. If the variable `parens-dont-require-spaces' is non-nil,
|
|
|
|
|
it inhibits insertion of these spaces.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The GUD package now supports the debugger known as xdb on HP/UX
|
|
|
|
|
systems. Use M-x xdb. The variable `gud-xdb-directories' lets you
|
|
|
|
|
specify a list of directories to search for source code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you are using the mailabbrev package, you should note that its
|
|
|
|
|
function for defining an alias is now called `define-mail-abbrev'.
|
|
|
|
|
This package no longer contains a definition for `define-mail-alias';
|
|
|
|
|
that name is used only in mailaliases.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Inserted characters now inherit the properties of the text before
|
|
|
|
|
them, by default, rather than those of the following text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function `insert-file-contents' now takes optional arguments BEG
|
|
|
|
|
and END that specify which part of the file to insert. BEG defaults to
|
|
|
|
|
0 (the beginning of the file), and END defaults to the end of the file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you specify BEG or END, then the argument VISIT must be nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in version 19.13.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Magic file names can now handle the `load' operation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Bibtex mode now sets up special entries in the menu bar.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The incremental search commands C-w and C-y, which copy text from
|
|
|
|
|
the buffer into the search string, now convert it to lower case
|
|
|
|
|
if you are in a case-insensitive search. This is to avoid making
|
|
|
|
|
the search a case-sensitive one.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** GNUS now knows your time zone automatically if Emacs does.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Hide-ifdef mode no longer defines keys of the form
|
|
|
|
|
C-c LETTER, since those keys are reserved for users.
|
|
|
|
|
Those commands have been moved to C-c M-LETTER.
|
|
|
|
|
We may move them again for greater consistency with other modes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in version 19.12.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now make many of the sort commands ignore case by setting
|
|
|
|
|
`sort-fold-case' to a non-nil value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in version 19.11.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Supercite is installed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** `write-file-hooks' functions that return non-nil are responsible
|
|
|
|
|
for making a backup file if you want that to be done.
|
|
|
|
|
To do so, execute the following code:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(or buffer-backed-up (backup-buffer))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You might wish to save the file modes value returned by
|
|
|
|
|
`backup-buffer' and use that to set the mode bits of the file
|
|
|
|
|
that you write. This is what `basic-save-buffer' does when
|
|
|
|
|
it writes a file in the usual way.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(This is not actually new, but wasn't documented before.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in version 19.10.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The command `repeat-complex-command' is now on C-x ESC ESC.
|
|
|
|
|
It used to be bound to C-x ESC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The reason for this change is to make function keys work after C-x.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variable `highlight-nonselected-windows' now controls whether
|
|
|
|
|
the region is highlighted in windows other than the selected window
|
|
|
|
|
(in Transient Mark mode only, of course, and currently only when
|
|
|
|
|
using X).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in version 19.8.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** It is now simpler to tell Emacs to display accented characters under
|
|
|
|
|
X windows. M-x standard-display-european toggles the display of
|
|
|
|
|
buffer text according to the ISO Latin-1 standard. With a prefix
|
|
|
|
|
argument, this command enables European character display iff the
|
|
|
|
|
argument is positive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The `-i' command-line argument tells Emacs to use a picture of the
|
|
|
|
|
GNU gnu as its icon, instead of letting the window manager choose an
|
|
|
|
|
icon for it. This option used to insert a file into the current
|
|
|
|
|
buffer; use `-insert' to do that now.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The `configure' script now supports `--prefix' and `--exec-prefix'
|
|
|
|
|
options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The `--prefix=PREFIXDIR' option specifies where the installation process
|
|
|
|
|
should put emacs and its data files. This defaults to `/usr/local'.
|
|
|
|
|
- Emacs (and the other utilities users run) go in PREFIXDIR/bin
|
|
|
|
|
(unless the `--exec-prefix' option says otherwise).
|
|
|
|
|
- The architecture-independent files go in PREFIXDIR/lib/emacs/VERSION
|
|
|
|
|
(where VERSION is the version number of Emacs, like `19.7').
|
|
|
|
|
- The architecture-dependent files go in
|
|
|
|
|
PREFIXDIR/lib/emacs/VERSION/CONFIGURATION
|
|
|
|
|
(where CONFIGURATION is the configuration name, like mips-dec-ultrix4.2),
|
|
|
|
|
unless the `--exec-prefix' option says otherwise.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The `--exec-prefix=EXECDIR' option allows you to specify a separate
|
|
|
|
|
portion of the directory tree for installing architecture-specific
|
|
|
|
|
files, like executables and utility programs. If specified,
|
|
|
|
|
- Emacs (and the other utilities users run) go in EXECDIR/bin, and
|
|
|
|
|
- The architecture-dependent files go in
|
|
|
|
|
EXECDIR/lib/emacs/VERSION/CONFIGURATION.
|
|
|
|
|
EXECDIR/bin should be a directory that is normally in users' PATHs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When running under X, the new lisp function `x-list-fonts'
|
|
|
|
|
allows code to find out which fonts are available from the X server.
|
|
|
|
|
The first argument PATTERN is a string, perhaps with wildcard characters;
|
|
|
|
|
the * character matches any substring, and
|
|
|
|
|
the ? character matches any single character.
|
|
|
|
|
PATTERN is case-insensitive.
|
|
|
|
|
If the optional arguments FACE and FRAME are specified, then
|
|
|
|
|
`x-list-fonts' returns only fonts the same size as FACE on FRAME.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in version 19.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When you kill buffers, Emacs now returns memory to the operating system,
|
|
|
|
|
thus reducing the size of the Emacs process. All the space that you free
|
|
|
|
|
up by killing buffers can now be reused for other buffers no matter what
|
|
|
|
|
their sizes, or reused by other processes if Emacs doesn't need it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now does garbage collection and auto saving while it is waiting
|
|
|
|
|
for input, which often avoids the need to do these things while you
|
|
|
|
|
are typing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `auto-save-timeout' says how many seconds Emacs should
|
|
|
|
|
wait, after you stop typing, before it does an auto save and a garbage
|
|
|
|
|
collection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If auto saving detects that a buffer has shrunk greatly, it refrains
|
|
|
|
|
from auto saving that buffer and displays a warning. Now it also turns
|
|
|
|
|
off Auto Save mode in that buffer, so that you won't get the same
|
|
|
|
|
warning again.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you reenable Auto Save mode in that buffer, Emacs will start saving
|
|
|
|
|
it again with no further warnings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** A new minor mode called Line Number mode displays the current line
|
|
|
|
|
number in the mode line, updating it as necessary when you move
|
|
|
|
|
point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, if the buffer is very large (larger than the value of
|
|
|
|
|
`line-number-display-limit'), then the line number doesn't appear.
|
|
|
|
|
This is because computing the line number can be painfully slow if the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer is very large.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can quit while Emacs is waiting to read or write files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The arrow keys now have default bindings to move in the appropriate
|
|
|
|
|
directions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can suppress next-line's habit of inserting a newline when
|
|
|
|
|
called at the end of a buffer by setting next-line-add-newlines to nil
|
|
|
|
|
(it defaults to t).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now get back recent minibuffer inputs conveniently. While
|
|
|
|
|
in the minibuffer, type M-p to fetch the next earlier minibuffer
|
|
|
|
|
input, and use M-n to fetch the next later input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There are also commands to search forward or backward through the
|
|
|
|
|
history for history elements that match a regular expression. M-r
|
|
|
|
|
searches older elements in the history, while M-s searches newer
|
|
|
|
|
elements. By special dispensation, these commands can always use the
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer to read their arguments even though you are already in the
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer when you issue them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The history feature is available for all uses of the minibuffer, but
|
|
|
|
|
there are separate history lists for different kinds of input. For
|
|
|
|
|
example, there is a list for file names, used by all the commands that
|
|
|
|
|
read file names. There is a list for arguments of commands like
|
|
|
|
|
`query-replace'. There are also very specific history lists, such
|
|
|
|
|
as the one that `compile' uses for compilation commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now display text in a mixture of fonts and colors, using the
|
|
|
|
|
"face" feature, together with the overlay and text property features.
|
|
|
|
|
See the Emacs Lisp manual for details. The Emacs Users Manual describes
|
|
|
|
|
how to change the colors and font of standard predefined faces.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can refer to files on other machines using special file name syntax:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/HOST:FILENAME
|
|
|
|
|
/USER@HOST:FILENAME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you do this, Emacs uses the FTP program to read and write files on
|
|
|
|
|
the specified host. It logs in through FTP using your user name or the
|
|
|
|
|
name USER. It may ask you for a password from time to time; this
|
|
|
|
|
is used for logging in on HOST.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Some C-x key bindings have been moved onto new prefix keys.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-x r is a prefix for registers and rectangles.
|
|
|
|
|
C-x n is a prefix for narrowing.
|
|
|
|
|
C-x a is a prefix for abbrev commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-x r C-SPC
|
|
|
|
|
C-x r SPC point-to-register (Was C-x /)
|
|
|
|
|
C-x r j jump-to-register (Was C-x j)
|
|
|
|
|
C-x r s copy-to-register (Was C-x x)
|
|
|
|
|
C-x r i insert-register (Was C-x g)
|
|
|
|
|
C-x r r copy-rectangle-to-register (Was C-x r)
|
|
|
|
|
C-x r k kill-rectangle
|
|
|
|
|
C-x r y yank-rectangle
|
|
|
|
|
C-x r o open-rectangle
|
|
|
|
|
C-x r f frame-configuration-to-register
|
|
|
|
|
(This saves the state of all windows in all frames.)
|
|
|
|
|
C-x r w window-configuration-to-register
|
|
|
|
|
(This saves the state of all windows in the selected frame.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Use C-x r j to restore a configuration saved with C-x r f or C-x r w.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-x n n narrow-to-region (Was C-x n)
|
|
|
|
|
C-x n p narrow-to-page (Was C-x p)
|
|
|
|
|
C-x n w widen (Was C-x w)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-x a l add-mode-abbrev (Was C-x C-a)
|
|
|
|
|
C-x a g add-global-abbrev (Was C-x +)
|
|
|
|
|
C-x a i l inverse-add-mode-abbrev (Was C-x C-h)
|
|
|
|
|
C-x a i g inverse-add-global-abbrev (Was C-x -)
|
|
|
|
|
C-x a e expand-abbrev (Was C-x ')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(The old key bindings C-x /, C-x j, C-x x and C-x g
|
|
|
|
|
have not yet been removed.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can put a file name in a register to be able to visit the file
|
|
|
|
|
quickly. Do this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(set-register ?CHAR '(file . NAME))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where NAME is the file name as a string. Then C-x r j CHAR finds that
|
|
|
|
|
file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is useful for files that you need to visit frequently,
|
|
|
|
|
but that you don't want to keep in buffers all the time.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The keys M-g (fill-region) and C-x a (append-to-buffer)
|
|
|
|
|
have been eliminated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new command `string-rectangle' inserts a specified string on
|
|
|
|
|
each line of the region-rectangle.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x 4 r is now `find-file-read-only-other-window'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x 4 C-o is now `display-buffer', which displays a specified buffer
|
|
|
|
|
in another window without selecting it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Picture mode has been substantially improved. The picture editing commands
|
|
|
|
|
now arrange for automatic horizontal scrolling to keep point visible
|
|
|
|
|
when editing a wide buffer with truncate-lines on. Picture-mode
|
|
|
|
|
initialization now does a better job of rebinding standard commands;
|
|
|
|
|
it finds not just their normal keybindings, but any function keys
|
|
|
|
|
attached to them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you enable Transient Mark mode, then the mark becomes "inactive"
|
|
|
|
|
after every command that modifies the buffer. While the mark is
|
|
|
|
|
active, the region is highlighted (under X, at least). Most commands
|
|
|
|
|
that use the mark give an error if the mark is inactive, but you can
|
|
|
|
|
use C-x C-x to make it active again. This feature is also sometimes
|
|
|
|
|
known as "Zmacs mode".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Outline mode is now available as a minor mode. This minor mode can
|
|
|
|
|
combine with any major mode; it substitutes the C-c commands of
|
|
|
|
|
Outline mode for those of the major mode. Use M-x outline-minor-mode
|
|
|
|
|
to enable and disable the new mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M-x outline-mode is unchanged; it still switches to Outline mode as a
|
|
|
|
|
major mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The default setting of `version-control' comes from the environment
|
|
|
|
|
variable VERSION_CONTROL.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The user option for controlling whether files can set local
|
|
|
|
|
variables is now called `enable-local-variables'. A value of t means
|
|
|
|
|
local-variables lists are obeyed; nil means they are ignored; anything
|
|
|
|
|
else means query the user.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The user option for controlling use of the `eval' local variable is
|
|
|
|
|
now called is `enable-local-eval'; its values are interpreted like
|
|
|
|
|
those of `enable-local-variables'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** X Window System changes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-x 5 C-f and C-x 5 b switch to a specified file or buffer in a new
|
|
|
|
|
frame. Likewise, C-x 5 m starts outgoing mail in another frame, and
|
|
|
|
|
C-x 5 . finds a tag in another frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you are using X, C-z now iconifies the selected frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs can now exchange text with other X applications. Killing or
|
|
|
|
|
copying text in Emacs now makes that text available for pasting into
|
|
|
|
|
other X applications. The Emacs yanking commands now insert the
|
|
|
|
|
latest selection set by other applications, and add the text to the
|
|
|
|
|
kill ring. The Emacs commands for selecting and inserting text with
|
|
|
|
|
the mouse now use the kill ring in the same way the keyboard killing
|
|
|
|
|
and yanking commands do.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The option to specify the title for the initial frame is now `-name NAME'.
|
|
|
|
|
There is currently no way to specify an icon title; perhaps we will add
|
|
|
|
|
one in the future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Undoing a deletion now puts point back where it was before the
|
|
|
|
|
deletion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variables that control how much undo information to save have
|
|
|
|
|
been renamed to `undo-limit' and `undo-strong-limit'. They used to be
|
|
|
|
|
called `undo-threshold' and `undo-high-threshold'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now use kill commands in read-only buffers. They don't
|
|
|
|
|
actually change the buffer, and Emacs will beep and warn you that the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer is read-only, but they do copy the text you tried to kill into
|
|
|
|
|
the kill ring, so you can yank it into other buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-o inserts the fill-prefix on the newly created line. The command
|
|
|
|
|
M-^ deletes the prefix (if it occurs) after the newline that it
|
|
|
|
|
deletes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-M-l now runs the command `reposition-window'. It scrolls the
|
|
|
|
|
window heuristically in a way designed to get useful information onto
|
|
|
|
|
the screen.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-M-r is now reverse incremental regexp search.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-z now kills through the target character. In version 18, it
|
|
|
|
|
killed up to but not including the target character.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-! now runs the specified shell command asynchronously if it
|
|
|
|
|
ends in `&' (just as the shell does).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-h C-f and C-h C-k are new help commands that display the Info
|
|
|
|
|
node for a given Emacs function name or key sequence, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The C-h p command system lets you find Emacs Lisp packages by
|
|
|
|
|
topic keywords. Here is a partial list of package categories:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
abbrev abbreviation handling, typing shortcuts, macros
|
|
|
|
|
bib code related to the bib bibliography processor
|
|
|
|
|
c C and C++ language support
|
|
|
|
|
calendar calendar and time management support
|
|
|
|
|
comm communications, networking, remote access to files
|
|
|
|
|
docs support for Emacs documentation
|
|
|
|
|
emulations emulations of other editors
|
|
|
|
|
extensions Emacs Lisp language extensions
|
|
|
|
|
games games, jokes and amusements
|
|
|
|
|
hardware support for interfacing with exotic hardware
|
|
|
|
|
help support for on-line help systems
|
|
|
|
|
i14n internationalization and alternate character-set support
|
|
|
|
|
internal code for Emacs internals, build process, defaults
|
|
|
|
|
languages specialized modes for editing programming languages
|
|
|
|
|
lisp Lisp support, including Emacs Lisp
|
|
|
|
|
local code local to your site
|
|
|
|
|
maint maintenance aids for the Emacs development group
|
|
|
|
|
mail modes for electronic-mail handling
|
|
|
|
|
news support for netnews reading and posting
|
|
|
|
|
processes process, subshell, compilation, and job control support
|
|
|
|
|
terminals support for terminal types
|
|
|
|
|
tex code related to the TeX formatter
|
|
|
|
|
tools programming tools
|
|
|
|
|
unix front-ends/assistants for, or emulators of, UNIX features
|
|
|
|
|
vms support code for vms
|
|
|
|
|
wp word processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More will be added soon.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The command to split a window into two side-by-side windows is now
|
|
|
|
|
C-x 3. It was C-x 5.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-. (find-tag) no longer has any effect on what M-, will do
|
|
|
|
|
subsequently. You can no longer use M-, to find the next similar tag;
|
|
|
|
|
you must use M-. with a prefix argument, instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The motive for this change is so that you can more reliably use
|
|
|
|
|
M-, to resume a suspended `tags-search' or `tags-query-replace'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x s (`save-some-buffers') now gives you more options when it asks
|
|
|
|
|
whether to save a particular buffer. In addition to `y' or `n', you
|
|
|
|
|
can answer `!' to save all the remaining buffers, `.' to save this
|
|
|
|
|
buffer but not save any others, ESC to stop saving and exit the
|
|
|
|
|
command, and C-h to get help. These options are analogous to those
|
|
|
|
|
of `query-replace'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x make-symbolic-link does not expand its first argument.
|
|
|
|
|
This lets you make a link with a target that is a relative file name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x add-change-log-entry and C-x 4 a now automatically insert the
|
|
|
|
|
name of the file and often the name of the function that you changed.
|
|
|
|
|
They also handle grouping of entries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There is now a special major mode for editing ChangeLog files. It
|
|
|
|
|
makes filling work conveniently. Each bunch of grouped entries is one
|
|
|
|
|
paragraph, and each collection of entries from one person on one day
|
|
|
|
|
is considered a page.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The `comment-region' command adds comment delimiters to the lines that
|
|
|
|
|
start in the region, thus commenting them out. With a negative argument,
|
|
|
|
|
it deletes comment delimiters from the lines in the region--this cancels
|
|
|
|
|
the effect of `comment-region' without an argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With a positive argument, `comment-region' adds comment delimiters
|
|
|
|
|
but duplicates the last character of the comment start sequence as many
|
|
|
|
|
times as the argument specifies. This is a way of calling attention to
|
|
|
|
|
the comment. In Lisp, you should use an argument at least two, because
|
|
|
|
|
the indentation convention for single semicolon comments does not leave
|
|
|
|
|
them at the beginning of a line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If `split-window-keep-point' is non-nil, C-x 2 tries to avoid
|
|
|
|
|
shifting any text on the screen by putting point in whichever window
|
|
|
|
|
happens to contain the screen line the cursor is already on.
|
|
|
|
|
The default is that `split-window-keep-point' is non-nil on slow
|
|
|
|
|
terminals.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x super-apropos is like M-x apropos except that it searches both
|
|
|
|
|
Lisp symbol names and documentation strings for matches. It describes
|
|
|
|
|
every symbol that has a match in either the symbol's name or its
|
|
|
|
|
documentation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Both M-x apropos and M-x super-apropos take an optional second
|
|
|
|
|
argument DO-ALL which controls the more expensive part of the job.
|
|
|
|
|
This includes looking up and printing the key bindings of all
|
|
|
|
|
commands. It also includes checking documentation strings in
|
|
|
|
|
super-apropos. DO-ALL is nil by default; use a prefix arg to make it
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x revert-buffer no longer offers to revert from a recent auto-save
|
|
|
|
|
file unless you give it a prefix argument. Otherwise it always
|
|
|
|
|
reverts from the real file regardless of whether there has been an
|
|
|
|
|
auto-save since thenm. (Reverting from the auto-save file is no longer
|
|
|
|
|
very useful now that the undo capacity is larger.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x recover-file no longer turns off Auto Save mode when it reads
|
|
|
|
|
the last Auto Save file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x rename-buffer, if you give it a prefix argument,
|
|
|
|
|
avoids errors by modifying the new name to make it unique.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x rename-uniquely renames the current buffer to a similar name
|
|
|
|
|
with a numeric suffix added to make it both different and unique.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One use of this command is for creating multiple shell buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
If you rename your shell buffer, and then do M-x shell again, it
|
|
|
|
|
makes a new shell buffer. This method is also good for mail buffers,
|
|
|
|
|
compilation buffers, and any Emacs feature which creates a special
|
|
|
|
|
buffer with a particular name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x compare-windows with a prefix argument ignores changes in whitespace.
|
|
|
|
|
If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, then differences in case are also
|
|
|
|
|
ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** `backward-paragraph' is now bound to M-{ by default, and `forward-paragraph'
|
|
|
|
|
to M-}. Originally, these commands were bound to M-[ and M-], but they were
|
|
|
|
|
running into conflicts with the use of function keys. On many terminals,
|
|
|
|
|
function keys send a sequence beginning ESC-[, so many users have defined this
|
|
|
|
|
as a prefix key.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x C-u (upcase-region) and C-x C-l (downcase-region) are now disabled by
|
|
|
|
|
default; these commands seem to be often hit by accident, and can be
|
|
|
|
|
quite destructive if their effects are not noticed immediately.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function `erase-buffer' is now interactive, but disabled by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When visiting a new file, Emacs attempts to abbreviate the file's
|
|
|
|
|
path using the symlinks listed in `directory-abbrev-alist'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When you visit the same file in under two names that translate into
|
|
|
|
|
the same name once symbolic links are handled, Emacs warns you that
|
|
|
|
|
you have two buffers for the same file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you wish to avoid visiting the same file in two buffers under
|
|
|
|
|
different names, set the variable `find-file-existing-other-name'
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil. Then `find-file' uses the existing buffer visiting the file,
|
|
|
|
|
no matter which of the file's names you specify.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you set `find-file-visit-truename' non-nil, then the file name
|
|
|
|
|
recorded for a buffer is the file's truename (in which all symbolic
|
|
|
|
|
links have been removed), rather than the name you specify. Setting
|
|
|
|
|
`find-file-visit-truename' also implies the effect of
|
|
|
|
|
`find-file-existing-other-name'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x C-v now inserts the entire current file name in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
|
|
This is convenient if you made a small mistake in typing it. Point
|
|
|
|
|
goes after the last slash, before the last file name component, so if
|
|
|
|
|
you want to replace it entirely, you can use C-k right away to delete
|
|
|
|
|
it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Commands such as C-M-f in Lisp mode now ignore parentheses within comments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x q now uses ESC to terminate all iterations of the keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
macro, rather than C-d as before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Use the command `setenv' to set an individual environment variable
|
|
|
|
|
for Emacs subprocesses. Specify a variable name and a value, both as
|
|
|
|
|
strings. This command applies only to subprocesses yet to be
|
|
|
|
|
started.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Use `rot13-other-window' to examine a buffer with rot13.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This command does not change the text in the buffer. Instead, it
|
|
|
|
|
creates a window with a funny display table that applies the code when
|
|
|
|
|
displaying the text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The command `M-x version' now prints the current Emacs version; The
|
|
|
|
|
`version' command is an alias for the `emacs-version' command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** More complex changes in existing packages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `fill-nonuniform-paragraphs' is a new command, much like
|
|
|
|
|
`fill-individual-paragraphs' except that only separator lines separate
|
|
|
|
|
paragraphs. Since this means that the lines of one paragraph may have
|
|
|
|
|
different amounts of indentation, the fill prefix used is the smallest
|
|
|
|
|
amount of indentation of any of the lines of the paragraph.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Filling is now partially controlled by a new minor mode, Adaptive
|
|
|
|
|
Fill mode. When this mode is enabled (and it is enabled by default),
|
|
|
|
|
if you use M-x fill-region-as-paragraph on an indented paragraph and
|
|
|
|
|
you don't have a fill prefix, it uses the indentation of the second
|
|
|
|
|
line of the paragraph as the fill prefix.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adaptive Fill mode doesn't have much effect on M-q in most major
|
|
|
|
|
modes, because an indented line will probably count as a paragraph
|
|
|
|
|
starter and thus each line of an indented paragraph will be considered
|
|
|
|
|
a paragraph of its own.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-q in C mode now runs `c-fill-paragraph', which is designed
|
|
|
|
|
for filling C comments. (We assume you don't want to fill
|
|
|
|
|
the code in a C program.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-$ now runs the Ispell program instead of the Unix spell program.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M-$ starts an Ispell process the first time you use it. But the process
|
|
|
|
|
stays alive, so that subsequent uses of M-$ run very fast.
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to get rid of the process, use M-x kill-ispell.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To check the entire current buffer, use M-x ispell-buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
Use M-x ispell-region to check just the current region.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ispell commands often involve interactive replacement of words.
|
|
|
|
|
You can interrupt the interactive replacement with C-g.
|
|
|
|
|
You can restart it again afterward with C-u M-$.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During interactive replacement, you can type the following characters:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a Accept this word this time.
|
|
|
|
|
DIGIT Replace the word (this time) with one of the displayed near-misses.
|
|
|
|
|
The digit you use says which near-miss to use.
|
|
|
|
|
i Insert this word in your private dictionary
|
|
|
|
|
so that Ispell will consider it correct it from now on.
|
|
|
|
|
r Replace the word this time with a string typed by you.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When the Ispell process starts, it reads your private dictionary which
|
|
|
|
|
is the file `~/ispell.words'. If you "insert" words with the `i' command,
|
|
|
|
|
these words are added to that file, but not right away--only at the end
|
|
|
|
|
of the interactive replacement process.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use M-x reload-ispell to reload your private dictionary from
|
|
|
|
|
`~/ispell.words' if you edit it outside of Ispell.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in existing modes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** gdb-mode has been replaced by gud-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The package gud.el (Grand Unified Debugger) replaces gdb.el in Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
19. It provides a gdb.el-like interface to any of three debuggers;
|
|
|
|
|
gdb itself, the sdb debugger supported on some Unix systems, or the
|
|
|
|
|
dbx debugger on Berkeley systems.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You start it up with one of the commands M-x gdb, M-x sdb, or
|
|
|
|
|
M-x dbx. Each entry point finishes by executing a hook; gdb-mode-hook,
|
|
|
|
|
sdb-mode-hook or dbx-mode-hook respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These bindings have changed:
|
|
|
|
|
C-x C-a > gud-down (was M-d)
|
|
|
|
|
C-x C-a < gud-up (was M-u)
|
|
|
|
|
C-x C-a C-r gud-cont (was M-c)
|
|
|
|
|
C-x C-a C-n gud-next (was M-n)
|
|
|
|
|
C-x C-a C-s gud-step (was M-s)
|
|
|
|
|
C-x C-a C-i gud-stepi (was M-i)
|
|
|
|
|
C-x C-a C-l gud-recenter (was C-l)
|
|
|
|
|
C-d comint-delchar-or-maybe-eof (was C-c C-d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These bindings have been removed:
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-r (was comint-show-output; now gud-cont)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Since GUD mode uses comint, it uses comint's input history commands,
|
|
|
|
|
superseding C-c C-y (copy-last-shell-input):
|
|
|
|
|
M-p comint-next-input
|
|
|
|
|
M-n comint-previous-input
|
|
|
|
|
M-r comint-previous-similar-input
|
|
|
|
|
M-s comint-next-similar-input
|
|
|
|
|
M-C-r comint-previous-input-matching
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The C-x C-a bindings are also active in source files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The old TeX mode bindings of M-{ and M-} have been moved to C-c {
|
|
|
|
|
and C-c }. (These commands are `up-list' and `tex-insert-braces';
|
|
|
|
|
they are the TeX equivalents of M-( and M-).) This is because M-{
|
|
|
|
|
and M-} are now globally defined commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Changes in Mail mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`%' is now a word-separator character in Mail mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`mail-signature', if non-nil, tells M-x mail to insert your
|
|
|
|
|
`.signature' file automatically. If you don't want your signature in
|
|
|
|
|
a particular message, just delete it before you send the message.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can specify the text to insert at the beginning of each line when
|
|
|
|
|
you use C-c C-y to yank the message you are replying to. Set
|
|
|
|
|
`mail-yank-prefix' to the desired string. A value of `nil' (the
|
|
|
|
|
default) means to use indentation, as in Emacs 18. If you use just
|
|
|
|
|
C-u as the prefix argument to C-c C-y, then it does not insert
|
|
|
|
|
anything at the beginning of the lines, regardless of the value of
|
|
|
|
|
`mail-yank-prefix'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you like, you can expand mail aliases as abbrevs, as soon as you
|
|
|
|
|
type them in. To enable this feature, execute the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(add-hook 'mail-setup-hook 'mail-abbrevs-setup)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This can go in your .emacs file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Word abbrevs don't expand unless you insert a word-separator character
|
|
|
|
|
afterward. Any mail aliases that you didn't expand at insertion time
|
|
|
|
|
are expanded subsequently when you send the message.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Changes in Rmail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rmail by default gets new mail only from the system inbox file,
|
|
|
|
|
not from `~/mbox'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Rmail, you can retry sending a message that failed
|
|
|
|
|
by typing `M-m' on the failure message.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By contrast, another new command M-x rmail-resend is used for
|
|
|
|
|
forwarding a message and marking it as "resent from" you
|
|
|
|
|
with header fields "Resent-From:" and "Resent-To:".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`e' is now the command to edit a message.
|
|
|
|
|
To expunge, type `x'. We know this will surprise people
|
|
|
|
|
some of the time, but the surprise will not be disastrous--if
|
|
|
|
|
you type `e' meaning to expunge, just turn off editing with C-c C-c
|
|
|
|
|
and then type `x'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Another new Rmail command is `<', which moves to the first message.
|
|
|
|
|
This is for symmetry with `>'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use the `b' command to bury the Rmail buffer and its summary buffer,
|
|
|
|
|
if any, removing both of them from display on the screen.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `rmail-output-file-alist' now controls the default
|
|
|
|
|
for the file to output a message to.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the Rmail summary buffer, all cursor motion commands select
|
|
|
|
|
the message you move to. It's really neat when you use
|
|
|
|
|
incremental search.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can now issue most Rmail commands from an Rmail summary buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
The commands do the same thing in that buffer that they do in the
|
|
|
|
|
Rmail buffer. They apply to the message that is selected in the Rmail
|
|
|
|
|
buffer, which is always the one described by the current summary
|
|
|
|
|
line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversely, motion and deletion commands in the Rmail buffer also
|
|
|
|
|
update the summary buffer. If you set the variable
|
|
|
|
|
`rmail-redisplay-summary' to a non-nil value, then they bring the
|
|
|
|
|
summary buffer (if one exists) back onto the screen.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-M-t is a new command to make a summary by topic. It uses regexp
|
|
|
|
|
matching against just the subjects of the messages to decide which
|
|
|
|
|
messages to show in the summary.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can easily convert an Rmail file to system mailbox format with the
|
|
|
|
|
command `unrmail'. This command reads two arguments, the name of
|
|
|
|
|
the Rmail file to convert, and the name of the new mailbox file.
|
|
|
|
|
(This command does not change the Rmail file itself.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rmail now handles Content Length fields in messages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `mail-extract-address-components' unpacks mail addresses.
|
|
|
|
|
It takes an address as a string (the contents of the From field, for
|
|
|
|
|
example) and returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME
|
|
|
|
|
CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Changes in C mode and C-related commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** M-x c-up-conditional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In C mode, `c-up-conditional' moves back to the containing
|
|
|
|
|
preprocessor conditional, setting the mark where point was
|
|
|
|
|
previously.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A prefix argument acts as a repeat count. With a negative argument,
|
|
|
|
|
this command moves forward to the end of the containing preprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
conditional. When going backwards, `#elif' acts like `#else' followed
|
|
|
|
|
by `#if'. When going forwards, `#elif' is ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** In C mode, M-a and M-e are now defined as
|
|
|
|
|
`c-beginning-of-statement' and `c-end-of-statement'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** In C mode, M-x c-backslash-region is a new command to insert or
|
|
|
|
|
align `\' characters at the ends of the lines of the region, except
|
|
|
|
|
for the last such line. This is useful after writing or editing a C
|
|
|
|
|
macro definition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If a line already ends in `\', this command adjusts the amount of
|
|
|
|
|
whitespace before it. Otherwise, it inserts a new `\'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New features in info.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When Info looks for an Info file, it searches the directories
|
|
|
|
|
in `Info-directory-list'. This makes it easy to install the Info files
|
|
|
|
|
that come with various packages. You can specify the path with
|
|
|
|
|
the environment variable INFOPATH.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There are new commands in Info mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`]' now moves forward a node, going up and down levels as needed.
|
|
|
|
|
`[' is similar but moves backward. These two commands try to traverse
|
|
|
|
|
the entire Info tree, node by node. They are the equivalent of reading
|
|
|
|
|
a printed manual sequentially.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`<' moves to the top node of the current Info file.
|
|
|
|
|
`>' moves to the last node of the file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPC scrolls through the current node; at the end, it advances to the
|
|
|
|
|
next node in depth-first order (like `]').
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEL scrolls backwards in the current node; at the end, it moves to the
|
|
|
|
|
previous node in depth-first order (like `[').
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
After a menu select, the info `up' command now restores point in the
|
|
|
|
|
menu. The combination of this and the previous two changes means that
|
|
|
|
|
repeated SPC keystrokes do the right (depth-first traverse forward) thing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`i STRING RET' moves to the node associated with STRING in the index
|
|
|
|
|
or indices of this manual. If there is more than one match for
|
|
|
|
|
STRING, the `i' command finds the first match.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`,' finds the next match for the string in the previous `i' command
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you click the middle mouse button near a cross-reference,
|
|
|
|
|
menu item or node pointer while in Info, you will go to the node
|
|
|
|
|
which is referenced.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Changes in M-x compile.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can repeat any previous compilation command conveniently using the
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer history commands, while in the minibuffer entering the
|
|
|
|
|
compilation command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
While a compilation is going on, the string `Compiling' appears in
|
|
|
|
|
the mode line. When this string disappears, that tells you the
|
|
|
|
|
compilation is finished.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The buffer of compiler messages is in Compilation mode. This mode
|
|
|
|
|
provides the keys SPC and DEL to scroll by screenfuls, and M-n and M-p
|
|
|
|
|
to move to the next or previous error message. You can also use C-c
|
|
|
|
|
C-c on any error message to find the corresponding source code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs 19 has a more general parser for compiler messages. For example, it
|
|
|
|
|
can understand messages from lint, and from certain C compilers whose error
|
|
|
|
|
message format is unusual. Also, it only parses until it sees the error
|
|
|
|
|
message you want; you never have to wait a long time to see the first
|
|
|
|
|
error, no matter how big the buffer is.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x diff and M-x diff-backup.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This new command compares two files, displaying the differences in an
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs buffer. The options for the `diff' program come from the
|
|
|
|
|
variable `diff-switches', whose value should be a string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The buffer of differences has Compilation mode as its major mode, so you
|
|
|
|
|
can use C-x ` to visit successive changed locations in the two
|
|
|
|
|
source files, or you can move to a particular hunk of changes and type
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-c to move to the corresponding source. You can also use the
|
|
|
|
|
other special commands of Compilation mode: SPC and DEL for
|
|
|
|
|
scrolling, and M-n and M-p for cursor motion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M-x diff-backup compares a file with its most recent backup.
|
|
|
|
|
If you specify the name of a backup file, `diff-backup' compares it
|
|
|
|
|
with the source file that it is a backup of.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The View commands (such as M-x view-buffer and M-x view-file) no
|
|
|
|
|
longer use recursive edits; instead, they switch temporarily to a
|
|
|
|
|
different major mode (View mode) specifically designed for moving
|
|
|
|
|
around through a buffer without editing it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Changes in incremental search.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The character to terminate an incremental search is now RET.
|
|
|
|
|
This is for compatibility with the way most other arguments are read.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To search for a newline in an incremental search, type LFD (also known
|
|
|
|
|
as C-j).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Incremental search now maintains a ring of previous search
|
|
|
|
|
strings. Use M-p and M-n to move through the ring to pick a search
|
|
|
|
|
string to reuse. These commands leave the selected search ring
|
|
|
|
|
element in the minibuffer, where you can edit it. Type C-s or C-r to
|
|
|
|
|
finish editing and search for the chosen string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** If you type an upper case letter in incremental search, that turns
|
|
|
|
|
off case-folding, so that you get a case-sensitive search.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** If you type a space during regexp incremental search, it matches
|
|
|
|
|
any sequence of whitespace characters. If you want to match just a space,
|
|
|
|
|
type C-q SPC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Incremental search is now implemented as a major mode. When you
|
|
|
|
|
type C-s, it switches temporarily to a different keymap which defines
|
|
|
|
|
each key to do what it ought to do for incremental search. This has
|
|
|
|
|
next to no effect on the user-visible behavior of searching, but makes
|
|
|
|
|
it easier to customize that behavior.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs 19 eliminates the old variables `search-...-char' that used to
|
|
|
|
|
be the way to specify the characters to use for various special
|
|
|
|
|
purposes in incremental search. Instead, you can define the meaning
|
|
|
|
|
of a character in incremental search by modifying `isearch-mode-map'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New commands in Buffer Menu mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The command C-o now displays the current line's buffer in another
|
|
|
|
|
window but does not select it. This is like the existing command `o'
|
|
|
|
|
which selects the current line's buffer in another window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The command % toggles the read-only flag of the current line's buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The way to switch to a set of several buffers, including those marked
|
|
|
|
|
with m, is now v. The q command simply quits, replacing the buffer
|
|
|
|
|
menu buffer with the buffer that was displayed previously.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New major modes and packages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The news reader GNUS is now installed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is a new interface for version control systems, called VC.
|
|
|
|
|
It works with both RCS and SCCS; in fact, you don't really have to
|
|
|
|
|
know which one of them is being used, because it automatically deals
|
|
|
|
|
with either one.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Most of the time, the only command you have to know about is C-x C-q.
|
|
|
|
|
This command normally toggles the read-only flag of the current
|
|
|
|
|
buffer. If the buffer is visiting a file that is maintained with a
|
|
|
|
|
version control system, the command still toggles read-only, but does
|
|
|
|
|
so by checking the file in or checking it out.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you check a file in, VC asks you for a log entry by popping up a
|
|
|
|
|
buffer. Edit the entry there, then type C-c C-c when it is ready.
|
|
|
|
|
That's when the actual checkin happens. If you change your mind about
|
|
|
|
|
the checkin, simply switch buffers and don't ever go back to the log
|
|
|
|
|
buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To start using version control for a file, use the command C-x v v.
|
|
|
|
|
This works like C-x C-q (performing the next logical version-control
|
|
|
|
|
operation needed to change the file's writability) but it will also
|
|
|
|
|
perform initial checkin on an unregistered file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, VC uses RCS if RCS is installed on your machine;
|
|
|
|
|
otherwise, SCCS. If you want to make the choice explicitly, you can do
|
|
|
|
|
it by setting `vc-default-back-end' to the symbol `RCS' or the symbol
|
|
|
|
|
`SCCS'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can tell when a file you visit is maintained with version control
|
|
|
|
|
because either `RCS' or `SCCS' appears in the mode line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new Calendar mode has been added, the work of Edward M. Reingold.
|
|
|
|
|
The mode can display the Gregorian calendar and a variety of other
|
|
|
|
|
calendars at any date, and interacts with a diary facility similar to
|
|
|
|
|
the UNIX `calendar' utility.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is a new major mode for editing binary files: Hexl mode.
|
|
|
|
|
To use it, use M-x hexl-find-file instead of C-x C-f to visit the file.
|
|
|
|
|
This command converts the file's contents to hexadecimal and lets you
|
|
|
|
|
edit the translation. When you save the file, it is converted
|
|
|
|
|
automatically back to binary.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can also use M-x hexl-mode to translate an existing buffer into hex.
|
|
|
|
|
Do this if you have already visited a binary file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hexl mode has a few other commands:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-M-d insert a byte with a code typed in decimal.
|
|
|
|
|
C-M-o insert a byte with a code typed in octal.
|
|
|
|
|
C-M-x insert a byte with a code typed in hex.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-x [ move to the beginning of a 1k-byte "page".
|
|
|
|
|
C-x ] move to the end of a 1k-byte "page".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M-g go to an address specified in hex.
|
|
|
|
|
M-j go to an address specified in decimal.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-c leave hexl mode and go back to the previous major mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Miscellaneous new major modes include Awk mode, Icon mode, Makefile
|
|
|
|
|
mode, Perl mode and SGML mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Edebug, a new source-level debugger for Emacs Lisp functions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To use Edebug, use the command M-x edebug-defun to "evaluate" a
|
|
|
|
|
function definition in an Emacs Lisp file. We put "evaluate" in
|
|
|
|
|
quotation marks because it doesn't just evaluate the function, it also
|
|
|
|
|
inserts additional information to support source-level debugging.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You must also do
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq debugger 'edebug-debug)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to cause errors and single-stepping to use Edebug instead of the usual
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs Lisp debugger.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For more information, see the Edebug manual, which should be included
|
|
|
|
|
in the Emacs distribution.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** C++ mode is like C mode, except that it understands C++ comment syntax
|
|
|
|
|
and certain other differences between C and C++. It also has a command
|
|
|
|
|
`fill-c++-comment' which fills a paragraph made of comment lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The command `comment-region' is useful in C++ mode for commenting out
|
|
|
|
|
several consecutive lines, or removing the commenting out of such lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new package for merging two variants of the same text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It's not unusual for programmers to get their signals crossed and
|
|
|
|
|
modify the same program in two different directions. Then somebody
|
|
|
|
|
has to merge the two versions. The command `emerge-files' makes this
|
|
|
|
|
easier.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`emerge-files' reads two file names and compares them. Then it
|
|
|
|
|
displays three buffers: one for each file, and one for the
|
|
|
|
|
differences.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the original version of the file is available, you can make things
|
|
|
|
|
even easier using `emerge-files-with-ancestor'. It reads three file
|
|
|
|
|
names--variant 1, variant 2, and the common ancestor--and uses diff3
|
|
|
|
|
to compare them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You control the merging interactively. The main loop of Emerge
|
|
|
|
|
consists of showing you one set of differences, asking you what to do
|
|
|
|
|
about them, and doing it. You have a choice of two modes for giving
|
|
|
|
|
directions to Emerge: "fast" mode and "edit" mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Fast mode, Emerge commands are single characters, and ordinary
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs commands are disabled. This makes Emerge operations fast, but
|
|
|
|
|
prevents you from doing more than selecting the A or the B version of
|
|
|
|
|
differences. In Edit mode, all emerge commands use the C-c prefix,
|
|
|
|
|
and the usual Emacs commands are available. This allows editing the
|
|
|
|
|
merge buffer, but slows down Emerge operations. Edit and fast modes
|
|
|
|
|
are indicated by `F' and `E' in the minor modes in the mode line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Emerge commands are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
p go to the previous difference
|
|
|
|
|
n go to the next difference
|
|
|
|
|
a select the A version of this difference
|
|
|
|
|
b select the B version of this difference
|
|
|
|
|
j go to a particular difference (prefix argument
|
|
|
|
|
specifies which difference) (0j suppresses display of
|
|
|
|
|
the flags)
|
|
|
|
|
q quit - finish the merge*
|
|
|
|
|
f go into fast mode
|
|
|
|
|
e go into edit mode
|
|
|
|
|
l recenter (C-l) all three windows*
|
|
|
|
|
- and 0 through 9
|
|
|
|
|
prefix numeric arguments
|
|
|
|
|
d a select the A version as the default from here down in
|
|
|
|
|
the merge buffer*
|
|
|
|
|
d b select the B version as the default from here down in
|
|
|
|
|
the merge buffer*
|
|
|
|
|
c a copy the A version of the difference into the kill
|
|
|
|
|
ring
|
|
|
|
|
c b copy the B version of the difference into the kill
|
|
|
|
|
ring
|
|
|
|
|
i a insert the A version of the difference at the point
|
|
|
|
|
i b insert the B version of the difference at the point
|
|
|
|
|
m put the point and mark around the difference region
|
|
|
|
|
^ scroll-down (like M-v) the three windows*
|
|
|
|
|
v scroll-up (like C-v) the three windows*
|
|
|
|
|
< scroll-left (like C-x <) the three windows*
|
|
|
|
|
> scroll-right (like C-x >) the three windows*
|
|
|
|
|
| reset horizontal scroll on the three windows*
|
|
|
|
|
x 1 shrink the merge window to one line (use C-u l to restore it
|
|
|
|
|
to full size)
|
|
|
|
|
x a find the difference containing a location in the A buffer*
|
|
|
|
|
x b find the difference containing a location in the B buffer*
|
|
|
|
|
x c combine the two versions of this difference*
|
|
|
|
|
x C combine the two versions of this difference, using a
|
|
|
|
|
register's value as the template*
|
|
|
|
|
x d find the difference containing a location in the merge buffer*
|
|
|
|
|
x f show the files/buffers Emerge is operating on in Help window
|
|
|
|
|
(use C-u l to restore windows)
|
|
|
|
|
x j join this difference with the following one
|
|
|
|
|
(C-u x j joins this difference with the previous one)
|
|
|
|
|
x l show line numbers of points in A, B, and merge buffers
|
|
|
|
|
x m change major mode of merge buffer*
|
|
|
|
|
x s split this difference into two differences
|
|
|
|
|
(first position the point in all three buffers to the places
|
|
|
|
|
to split the difference)
|
|
|
|
|
x t trim identical lines off top and bottom of difference
|
|
|
|
|
(such lines occur when the A and B versions are
|
|
|
|
|
identical but differ from the ancestor version)
|
|
|
|
|
x x set the template for the x c command*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normally, the merged output goes back in the first file specified.
|
|
|
|
|
If you use a prefix argument, Emerge reads another file name to use
|
|
|
|
|
for the output file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Once Emerge has prepared the buffer of differences, it runs the hooks
|
|
|
|
|
in `emerge-startup-hooks'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Asm mode is a new major mode for editing files of assembler code.
|
|
|
|
|
It defines these commands:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAB tab-to-tab-stop.
|
|
|
|
|
LFD Insert a newline and then indent using tab-to-tab-stop.
|
|
|
|
|
: Insert a colon and then remove the indentation
|
|
|
|
|
from before the label preceding colon. Then tab-to-tab-stop.
|
|
|
|
|
; Insert or align a comment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Two-column mode lets you conveniently edit two side-by-side columns
|
|
|
|
|
of text. It works using two side-by-side windows, each showing its
|
|
|
|
|
own buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here are three ways to enter two-column mode:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-x 6 2 makes the current buffer into the left-hand buffer. In the
|
|
|
|
|
right-hand window it puts a buffer whose name is based on the current
|
|
|
|
|
buffer's name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-x 6 b BUFFER RET makes the current buffer into the left-hand buffer,
|
|
|
|
|
and uses buffer BUFFER as the right-hand buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-x 6 s splits the current buffer, which contains two-column text,
|
|
|
|
|
into two side-by-side buffers. The old current buffer becomes the
|
|
|
|
|
left-hand buffer, but the text in the right column is moved into the
|
|
|
|
|
right-hand buffer. The current column specifies the split point.
|
|
|
|
|
Splitting starts with the current line and continues to the end of the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-x 6 s takes a prefix argument which specifies how many characters
|
|
|
|
|
before point constitute the column separator. (The default argument
|
|
|
|
|
is 1, as usual, so by default the column separator is the character
|
|
|
|
|
before point.) Lines that don't have the column separator at the
|
|
|
|
|
proper place remain unsplit; they stay in the left-hand buffer, and
|
|
|
|
|
the right-hand buffer gets an empty line to correspond.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can scroll both buffers together using C-x 6 SPC (scroll up), C-x
|
|
|
|
|
6 DEL (scroll down), and C-x 6 RET (scroll up one line). C-x 6 C-l
|
|
|
|
|
recenters both buffers together.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to make a line which will span both columns, put it in
|
|
|
|
|
the left-hand buffer, with an empty line in the corresponding place in
|
|
|
|
|
the right-hand buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you have edited both buffers as you wish, merge them with C-x 6
|
|
|
|
|
1. This copies the text from the right-hand buffer as a second column
|
|
|
|
|
in the other buffer. To go back to two-column editing, use C-x 6 s.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use C-x 6 d to disassociate the two buffers, leaving each as it
|
|
|
|
|
stands. (If the other buffer, the one that was not current when you
|
|
|
|
|
type C-x 6 d, is empty, C-x 6 d kills it.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can supply command arguments such as files to visit to an Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
that is already running. To do this, you must do this in your .emacs
|
|
|
|
|
file:
|
|
|
|
|
(add-hook 'suspend-hook 'resume-suspend-hook)
|
|
|
|
|
Also you must use the shellscript emacs.csh or emacs.sh, found in the
|
|
|
|
|
etc subdirectory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Shell mode has been completely replaced.
|
|
|
|
|
The basic idea is the same, but there are new commands available in
|
|
|
|
|
this mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAB now completes the file name before point in the shell buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
To get a list of all possible completions, type M-?.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There is a new convenient history mechanism for repeating previous
|
|
|
|
|
commands. Use the command M-p to recall the last command; it copies
|
|
|
|
|
the text of that command to the place where you are editing. If you
|
|
|
|
|
repeat M-p, it replaces the copied command with the previous command.
|
|
|
|
|
M-n is similar but goes in the opposite direction towards the present.
|
|
|
|
|
When you find the command you wanted, you can edit it, or just
|
|
|
|
|
resubmit it by typing RET.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can also use M-r and M-s to search for (respectively) earlier or
|
|
|
|
|
later inputs starting with a given string. First type the string,
|
|
|
|
|
then type M-r to yank a previous input from the history which starts
|
|
|
|
|
with that string. You can repeat M-r to find successively earlier
|
|
|
|
|
inputs starting with the same string. You can start moving in the
|
|
|
|
|
opposite direction (toward more recent inputs) by typing M-s instead
|
|
|
|
|
of M-r. As long as you don't use any commands except M-r and M-s,
|
|
|
|
|
they keep using the same string that you had entered initially.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-o kills the last batch of output from a shell command. This is
|
|
|
|
|
useful if a shell command spews out lots of output that just gets in
|
|
|
|
|
the way.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-r scrolls to display the beginning of the last batch of output
|
|
|
|
|
at the top of the window; it also moves the cursor there.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-a on a line that starts with a shell prompt moves to the end of the
|
|
|
|
|
prompt, not to the very beginning of the line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-d typed at the end of the shell buffer sends EOF to the subshell.
|
|
|
|
|
At any other position in the buffer, it deletes a character as usual.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If Emacs gets confused while trying to track changes in the shell's
|
|
|
|
|
current directory, type M-x dirs to re-synchronize.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M-x send-invisible reads a line of text without echoing it, and
|
|
|
|
|
sends it to the shell.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you accidentally suspend your process, use M-x comint-continue-subjob
|
|
|
|
|
to continue it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is now a convenient way to enable flow control on terminals
|
|
|
|
|
where you can't win without it. Suppose you want to do this on
|
|
|
|
|
VT-100 and H19 terminals; put the following in your `.emacs' file:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(enable-flow-control-on "vt100" "h19")
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When flow control is enabled, you must type C-\ to get the effect of a
|
|
|
|
|
C-s, and type C-^ to get the effect of a C-q.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function `enable-flow-control' enables flow control unconditionally.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in Dired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dired has many new features which allow you to do these things:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Rename, copy, or make links to many files at once.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Make distinguishable types of marks for different operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Display contents of subdirectories in the same Dired buffer as the
|
|
|
|
|
parent directory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Setting and Clearing Marks
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There are now two kinds of marker that you can put on a file in Dired:
|
|
|
|
|
`D' for deletion, and `*' for any other kind of operation.
|
|
|
|
|
The `x' command deletes only files marked with `D', and most
|
|
|
|
|
other Dired commands operate only on the files marked with `*'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To mark files with `D' (also called "flagging" the files), you
|
|
|
|
|
can use `d' as usual. Here are some commands for marking with
|
|
|
|
|
`*' (and also for unmarking):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `m' marks the current file with `*', for an operation other than
|
|
|
|
|
deletion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `*' marks all executable files. With a prefix argument, it
|
|
|
|
|
unmarks all those files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `@' marks all symbolic links. With a prefix argument, it unmarks
|
|
|
|
|
all those files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `/' marks all directory files except `.' and `..'. With a prefix
|
|
|
|
|
argument, it unmarks all those files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** M-DEL removes a specific or all marks from every file. With an
|
|
|
|
|
argument, queries for each marked file. Type your help character,
|
|
|
|
|
usually C-h, at that time for help.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `c' replaces all marks that use the character OLD with marks that
|
|
|
|
|
use the character NEW. You can use almost any character as a mark
|
|
|
|
|
character by means of this command, to distinguish various classes of
|
|
|
|
|
files. If OLD is ` ', then the command operates on all unmarked
|
|
|
|
|
files; if NEW is ` ', then the command unmarks the files it acts on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Operating on Multiple Files
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Dired commands to operate directly on files (rename them, copy
|
|
|
|
|
them, and so on) have been generalized to work on multiple files.
|
|
|
|
|
There are also some additional commands in this series.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All of these commands use the same convention to decide which files to
|
|
|
|
|
manipulate:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- If you give the command a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, it operates
|
|
|
|
|
on the next @var{n} files, starting with the current file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Otherwise, if there are marked files, the commands operate on all the
|
|
|
|
|
marked files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Otherwise, the command operates on the current file only.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These are the commands:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `C' copies the specified files. You must specify a directory to
|
|
|
|
|
copy into, or (if copying a single file) a new name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If `dired-copy-preserve-time' is non-`nil', then copying sets
|
|
|
|
|
the modification time of the new file to be the same as that of the old
|
|
|
|
|
file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `R' renames the specified files. You must specify a directory to
|
|
|
|
|
rename into, or (if renaming a single file) a new name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dired automatically changes the visited file name of buffers associated
|
|
|
|
|
with renamed files so that they refer to the new names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `H' makes hard links to the specified files. You must specify a
|
|
|
|
|
directory to make the links in, or (if making just one link) the name
|
|
|
|
|
to give the link.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `S' makes symbolic links to the specified files. You must specify
|
|
|
|
|
a directory to make the links in, or (if making just one link) the
|
|
|
|
|
name to give the link.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `M' changes the mode of the specified files. This calls the
|
|
|
|
|
`chmod' program, so you can describe the desired mode change with any
|
|
|
|
|
argument that `chmod' would handle.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `G' changes the group of the specified files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `O' changes the owner of the specified files. (On normal systems,
|
|
|
|
|
only the superuser can do this.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `dired-chown-program' specifies the name of the
|
|
|
|
|
program to use to do the work (different systems put `chown' in
|
|
|
|
|
different places.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `Z' compresses or uncompresses the specified files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `L' loads the specified Emacs Lisp files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `B' byte compiles the specified Emacs Lisp files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `P' prints the specified files. It uses the variables
|
|
|
|
|
`lpr-command' and `lpr-switches' just as `lpr-file' does.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Shell Commands in Dired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`!' reads a shell command string in the minibuffer and runs the shell
|
|
|
|
|
command on all the specified files. There are two ways of applying a
|
|
|
|
|
shell command to multiple files:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- If you use `*' in the command, then the shell command runs just
|
|
|
|
|
once, with the list of file names substituted for the `*'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thus, `! tar cf foo.tar * RET' runs `tar' on the entire list of file
|
|
|
|
|
names, putting them into one tar file `foo.tar'. The file names are
|
|
|
|
|
inserted in the order that they appear in the Dired buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- If the command string doesn't contain `*', then it runs once for
|
|
|
|
|
each file, with the file name attached at the end. For example, `!
|
|
|
|
|
uudecode RET' runs `uudecode' on each file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To run the shell command once for each file but without being limited
|
|
|
|
|
to putting the file name inserted in the middle, use a shell loop.
|
|
|
|
|
For example, this shell command would run `uuencode' on each of the
|
|
|
|
|
specified files, writing the output into a corresponding `.uu' file:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for file in *; uuencode $file $file >$file.uu; done
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The working directory for the shell command is the top level directory
|
|
|
|
|
of the Dired buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Regular Expression File Name Substitution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `% m REGEXP RET' marks all files whose names match the regular
|
|
|
|
|
expression REGEXP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Only the non-directory part of the file name is used in matching. Use
|
|
|
|
|
`^' and `$' to anchor matches. Exclude subdirs by hiding them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `% d REGEXP RET' flags for deletion all files whose names match
|
|
|
|
|
the regular expression REGEXP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `% R', `% C', `% H', `% S'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These four commands rename, copy, make hard links and make soft links,
|
|
|
|
|
in each case computing the new name by regular expression substitution
|
|
|
|
|
from the name of the old file. They effectively perform
|
|
|
|
|
`query-replace-regexp' on the selected file names in the Dired buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The commands read two arguments: a regular expression, and a
|
|
|
|
|
substitution pattern. Each selected file name is matched against the
|
|
|
|
|
regular expression, and then the part which matched is replaced with
|
|
|
|
|
the substitution pattern. You can use `\&' and `\DIGIT' in the
|
|
|
|
|
substitution pattern to refer to all or part of the old file name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the regular expression matches more than once in a file name,
|
|
|
|
|
only the first match is replaced.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normally, the replacement process does not consider the directory names;
|
|
|
|
|
it operates on the file name within the directory. If you specify a
|
|
|
|
|
prefix argument of zero, then replacement affects entire file name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To apply the command to all files matching the same regexp that you
|
|
|
|
|
use in the command, mark those files with `% m REGEXP RET', then use
|
|
|
|
|
the same regular expression in `% R'. To make this easier, `% R' uses
|
|
|
|
|
as a default the last regular expression specified in a `%' command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Dired Case Conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `% u' renames each of the selected files to an upper case name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `% l' renames each of the selected files to a lower case name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** File Comparison with Dired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `=' compares the current file with another file (the file at the
|
|
|
|
|
mark), by running the `diff' program. The file at the mark is given
|
|
|
|
|
to `diff' first.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `M-=' compares the current file with its backup file. If there
|
|
|
|
|
are several numerical backups, it uses the most recent one. If this
|
|
|
|
|
file is a backup, it is compared with its original.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Subdirectories in Dired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can display more than one directory in one Dired buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
The simplest way to do this is to specify the options `-lR' for
|
|
|
|
|
running `ls'. That produces a recursive directory listing showing
|
|
|
|
|
all subdirectories, all within the same Dired buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can also insert the contents of a particular subdirectory with the
|
|
|
|
|
`i' command. Use this command on the line that describes a file which
|
|
|
|
|
is a directory. Inserted subdirectory contents follow the top-level
|
|
|
|
|
directory of the Dired buffer, just as they do in `ls -lR' output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the subdirectory's contents are already present in the buffer, the
|
|
|
|
|
`i' command just moves to it (type `l' to refresh it). It sets the
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs mark before moving, so C-x C-x takes you back to the old
|
|
|
|
|
position in the buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you have subdirectories in the Dired buffer, you can use the page
|
|
|
|
|
motion commands C-x [ and C-x ] to move by entire directories.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following commands move up and down in the tree of directories
|
|
|
|
|
in one Dired buffer:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** C-M-u Go up to the parent directory's headerline.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** C-M-d Go down in the tree, to the first subdirectory's
|
|
|
|
|
headerline.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** C-M-n Go to next subdirectory headerline, regardless of level.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** C-M-p Go to previous subdirectory headerline, regardless of
|
|
|
|
|
level.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Hiding Subdirectories
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
"Hiding" a subdirectory means to make it invisible, except for its
|
|
|
|
|
headerline. Files inside a hidden subdirectory are never considered
|
|
|
|
|
by Dired. For example, the commands to operate on marked files ignore
|
|
|
|
|
files in hidden directories even if they are marked.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `$' hides or unhides the current subdirectory and move to next
|
|
|
|
|
subdirectory. A prefix argument serves as a repeat count.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `M-$' hides all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
|
|
|
|
|
Or, if at least one subdirectory is currently hidden, it makes
|
|
|
|
|
everything visible again. You can use this command to get an overview
|
|
|
|
|
in very deep directory trees or to move quickly to subdirectories far
|
|
|
|
|
away.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Editing the Dired Buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `l' updates the specified files in a Dired buffer. This means
|
|
|
|
|
reading their current status from the file system and changing the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer to reflect it properly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you use this command on a subdirectory header line, it updates the
|
|
|
|
|
contents of the subdirectory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `g' updates the entire contents of the Dired buffer. It preserves
|
|
|
|
|
all marks except for those on files that have vanished. Hidden
|
|
|
|
|
subdirectories are updated but remain hidden.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** `k' kills all marked lines (not the files). With a prefix
|
|
|
|
|
argument, it kills that many lines starting with the current line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This command does not delete files; it just deletes text from the Dired
|
|
|
|
|
buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you kill the line for a file that is a directory, then its contents
|
|
|
|
|
are also deleted from the buffer. Typing `C-u k' on the header line
|
|
|
|
|
for a subdirectory is another way to delete a subdirectory from the
|
|
|
|
|
Dired buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `find' and Dired.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To search for files with names matching a wildcard pattern use
|
|
|
|
|
`find-name-dired'. Its arguments are DIRECTORY and
|
|
|
|
|
PATTERN. It selects all the files in DIRECTORY or its
|
|
|
|
|
subdirectories whose own names match PATTERN.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The files thus selected are displayed in a Dired buffer in which the
|
|
|
|
|
ordinary Dired commands are available.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to test the contents of files, rather than their names, use
|
|
|
|
|
`find-grep-dired'. This command takes two minibuffer arguments,
|
|
|
|
|
DIRECTORY and REGEXP; it selects all the files in
|
|
|
|
|
DIRECTORY or its subdirectories that contain a match for
|
|
|
|
|
REGEXP. It works by running `find' and `grep'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The most general command in this series is `find-dired', which lets
|
|
|
|
|
you specify any condition that `find' can test. It takes two
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer arguments, DIRECTORY and FIND-ARGS; it runs `find' in
|
|
|
|
|
DIRECTORY with using FIND-ARGS as the arguments to `find' specifying
|
|
|
|
|
which files to accept. To use this command, you need to know how to
|
|
|
|
|
use `find'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New amusements and novelties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `M-x mpuz' displays a multiplication puzzle, in which each letter
|
|
|
|
|
stands for a digit, and you must determine which digit. The puzzles
|
|
|
|
|
are determined randomly, so they are always different.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `M-x gomoku' plays the game Gomoku with you. It needs more work.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `M-x spook' adds a line of randomly chosen keywords to an outgoing
|
|
|
|
|
mail message. The keywords are chosen from a list of words that
|
|
|
|
|
suggest you are discussing something subversive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The idea is that the NSA reads all messages that contain keywords
|
|
|
|
|
suggesting they might be interested, and that adding these lines could
|
|
|
|
|
help to overload them. I would guess that they have modified their
|
|
|
|
|
program by now to ignore these lines of keywords; perhaps the program
|
|
|
|
|
can be updated if some clever hacker can determine what criterion they
|
|
|
|
|
actually use now.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Installation changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The configure script has been provided to help with the
|
|
|
|
|
installation process. It takes the place of editing the Makefiles and
|
|
|
|
|
src/config.h, and can often guess the appropriate operating system to
|
|
|
|
|
use for a particular machine type. See INSTALL for a more detailed
|
|
|
|
|
description of the steps required for installation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** If you create a Lisp file named `site-start.el', Emacs loads the file
|
|
|
|
|
whenever it starts up.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new Lisp variable, `data-directory', indicates the directory
|
|
|
|
|
containing the DOC file, tutorial, copying agreement, and other
|
|
|
|
|
familiar `etc' files. The value of `data-directory' is a simple string.
|
|
|
|
|
The default should be set at build time, and the person installing
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs should place all the data files in this directory. The `help.el'
|
|
|
|
|
functions that look for docstrings and information files check this
|
|
|
|
|
variable. All Emacs Lisp packages should also be coded so that they
|
|
|
|
|
refer to `data-directory' to find data files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The PURESIZE definition has been moved from config.h to its own
|
|
|
|
|
file, puresize.h. Since almost every file of C source in the
|
|
|
|
|
distribution depends on config.h, but only alloc.c and data.c depend
|
|
|
|
|
on puresize.h, this means that changing the value of PURESIZE causes
|
|
|
|
|
only those two files to be recompiled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The makefile at the top of the Emacs source tree now supports a
|
|
|
|
|
`dist' target, which creates a compressed tar file suitable for
|
|
|
|
|
distribution, using the contents of the source tree. Object files,
|
|
|
|
|
old file versions, executables, DOC files, and other
|
|
|
|
|
architecture-specific or easy-to-recreate files are not included in
|
|
|
|
|
the tar file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* For older news, see the file NEWS.4. For Lisp changes in (the first
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* release of) Emacs 19, see the file LNEWS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
Copyright information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
|
|
|
|
|
of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
|
|
|
|
|
copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
|
|
|
|
|
thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
|
|
|
|
|
of this document, or of portions of it,
|
|
|
|
|
under the above conditions, provided also that they
|
|
|
|
|
carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Local variables:
|
|
|
|
|
mode: outline
|
|
|
|
|
paragraph-separate: "[ ]*$"
|
|
|
|
|
end:
|
|
|
|
|
|